|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
17 /*
|
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
|
19 */
|
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
34 #define CHECK_KEYS_TIME 30
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
36 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
38 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
|
39 {
|
|
|
40 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
|
|
41 N_(" ^X mode (^E^Y^L^]^F^I^K^D^V^N^P)"),
|
|
|
42 /* Scroll has it's own msgs, in it's place there is the msg for local
|
|
|
43 * ctrl_x_mode = 0 (eg continue_status & CONT_LOCAL) -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
44 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
|
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
|
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
|
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
|
50 NULL,
|
|
|
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
|
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
|
|
53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)")
|
|
|
54 };
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
56 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
58 /*
|
|
|
59 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
|
60 */
|
|
|
61 struct Completion
|
|
|
62 {
|
|
|
63 struct Completion *next;
|
|
|
64 struct Completion *prev;
|
|
|
65 char_u *str; /* matched text */
|
|
|
66 char_u *fname; /* file containing the match */
|
|
|
67 int original; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
|
68 int number; /* sequence number */
|
|
|
69 };
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
71 /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
|
|
72 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1)
|
|
|
73 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
75 /*
|
|
|
76 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
|
|
77 * "first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
|
78 * "curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
|
79 * "shown_match" is different from curr_match during ins_compl_get_exp().
|
|
|
80 */
|
|
|
81 static struct Completion *first_match = NULL;
|
|
|
82 static struct Completion *curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
83 static struct Completion *shown_match = NULL;
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
85 static int started_completion = FALSE;
|
|
|
86 static int completion_matches = 0;
|
|
|
87 static char_u *complete_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
88 static int complete_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
89 static int shown_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
90 static int completion_pending = FALSE;
|
|
|
91 static pos_T initial_pos;
|
|
|
92 static colnr_T complete_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
|
93 that is being completed */
|
|
|
94 static int save_sm;
|
|
|
95 static char_u *original_text = NULL; /* text before completion */
|
|
|
96 static int continue_mode = 0;
|
|
|
97 static expand_T complete_xp;
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
99 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, char_u *, int dir, int reuse));
|
|
|
100 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int dir));
|
|
|
101 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
102 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int dir, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
|
|
103 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
104 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
105 static void ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
106 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
|
|
107 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini, int dir));
|
|
|
108 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
109 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
110 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion));
|
|
|
111 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
112 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
|
113 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
115 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
|
116 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
|
117 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
|
118 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
120 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
121 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
122 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
123 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
|
|
124 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
125 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
126 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
|
|
127 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
|
128 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
129 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
130 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
131 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
|
132 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
133 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
134 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
|
135 #endif
|
|
|
136 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
137 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
138 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
139 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
140 #endif
|
|
|
141 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
142 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
143 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar));
|
|
|
144 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
145 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
146 #endif
|
|
|
147 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
148 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
149 #endif
|
|
|
150 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
|
151 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
152 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
|
153 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
154 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
155 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
|
156 #endif
|
|
|
157 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
158 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
159 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
160 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
161 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
162 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
163 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
164 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
165 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
166 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
167 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
168 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
169 #endif
|
|
|
170 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
171 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
172 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
173 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
174 #endif
|
|
|
175 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
176 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
177 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
178 #endif
|
|
|
179 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
181 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
|
182 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
184 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
|
185 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
|
186 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
|
187 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
189 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
190 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
|
191 #endif
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
193 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
194
|
|
|
195 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
196 int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
|
197 int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
|
198 int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
|
199 int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
|
|
200 #endif
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
202 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
203 static short previous_script = smRoman;
|
|
|
204 #endif
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
206 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
|
207 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
|
208 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
210 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
|
211 under the cursor */
|
|
|
212
|
|
|
213 /*
|
|
|
214 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
|
215 *
|
|
|
216 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
|
217 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
|
218 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
|
219 * 'R' replace command
|
|
|
220 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
|
221 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
|
222 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
|
223 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
224 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
225 *
|
|
|
226 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
|
227 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
|
228 *
|
|
|
229 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
|
230 */
|
|
|
231 int
|
|
|
232 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
|
233 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
234 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
|
235 long count;
|
|
|
236 {
|
|
|
237 int c = 0;
|
|
|
238 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
239 int lastc;
|
|
|
240 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
241 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
242 static int o_eol = FALSE;
|
|
|
243 int i;
|
|
|
244 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
|
245 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
246 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
|
247 #endif
|
|
|
248 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
|
249 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
250 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
|
251 #endif
|
|
|
252 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
|
253 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
|
|
254 int did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
|
255
|
|
|
256 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
|
257 * error message */
|
|
|
258 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
|
259
|
|
|
260 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
|
261 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
|
262 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
|
263 {
|
|
|
264 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
|
265 return FALSE;
|
|
|
266 }
|
|
|
267 #endif
|
|
|
268
|
|
|
269 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
270 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
271 #endif
|
|
|
272
|
|
11
|
273 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
274 /*
|
|
|
275 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
|
276 */
|
|
|
277 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
278 {
|
|
|
279 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
280 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
|
281 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
|
|
|
282 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
|
283 else
|
|
|
284 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
|
285 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
|
|
|
286 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
287 }
|
|
|
288 #endif
|
|
|
289
|
|
7
|
290 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
291 /*
|
|
|
292 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
|
293 * where the paste started.
|
|
|
294 */
|
|
|
295 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
296 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
|
297 else
|
|
|
298 #endif
|
|
|
299 {
|
|
|
300 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
301 if (startln)
|
|
|
302 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
303 }
|
|
|
304 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
305 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
306 if (!did_ai)
|
|
|
307 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
308
|
|
|
309 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
310 {
|
|
|
311 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
312 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
|
313 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
314 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
315 {
|
|
|
316 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
|
317 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
|
318 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
|
319 }
|
|
|
320 else
|
|
|
321 #endif
|
|
|
322 {
|
|
|
323 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
|
324 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
|
325 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
|
326 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
|
327 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
|
328 }
|
|
|
329 }
|
|
|
330
|
|
|
331 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
332 {
|
|
|
333 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
334 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
335 {
|
|
|
336 beep_flush();
|
|
|
337 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
338 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
339 }
|
|
|
340 else
|
|
|
341 #endif
|
|
|
342 State = REPLACE;
|
|
|
343 }
|
|
|
344 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
345 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
346 {
|
|
|
347 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
348 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
349 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
350 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
351 }
|
|
|
352 #endif
|
|
|
353 else
|
|
|
354 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
355
|
|
|
356 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
|
357
|
|
|
358 /*
|
|
|
359 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
|
360 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
|
361 */
|
|
|
362 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
|
363
|
|
|
364 /*
|
|
|
365 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
|
366 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
|
367 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
|
368 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
|
369 */
|
|
|
370 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
|
371 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
372 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
373 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
|
374 #endif
|
|
|
375
|
|
|
376 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
377 KeyScript(previous_script);
|
|
|
378 #endif
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
380 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
381 setmouse();
|
|
|
382 #endif
|
|
|
383 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
384 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
385 #endif
|
|
|
386 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
387 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
|
388 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
389 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
390 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
391 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
392 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
393 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
394 #endif
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
396 /*
|
|
|
397 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
|
398 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
|
399 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
|
400 */
|
|
|
401 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
|
402 {
|
|
|
403 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
404 /*
|
|
|
405 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
|
406 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
|
407 */
|
|
|
408 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
|
409 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
410 else
|
|
|
411 #endif
|
|
|
412 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
413 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
|
414
|
|
|
415 /*
|
|
|
416 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
|
417 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
|
418 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
|
419 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
|
420 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
|
421 */
|
|
|
422 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
423 update_curswant();
|
|
|
424 if (((o_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
|
|
425 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
426 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
|
427 {
|
|
|
428 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
429 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
430 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
431 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
432 {
|
|
|
433 i = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
434 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
435 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
|
436 }
|
|
|
437 #endif
|
|
|
438 }
|
|
|
439 o_eol = FALSE;
|
|
|
440 }
|
|
|
441 else
|
|
|
442 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
444 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
|
445 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
|
446
|
|
|
447 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
|
448 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
449
|
|
|
450 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
451 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
452 #endif
|
|
|
453 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
454 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
455 #endif
|
|
|
456 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
457 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
|
458 * restarting. */
|
|
|
459 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
460 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
461 #endif
|
|
|
462
|
|
|
463 /*
|
|
|
464 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
|
465 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
|
466 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
|
467 */
|
|
|
468 i = 0;
|
|
|
469 if (p_smd)
|
|
|
470 i = showmode();
|
|
|
471
|
|
|
472 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
473 change_warning(i + 1);
|
|
|
474
|
|
|
475 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
476 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
477 #endif
|
|
|
478 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
479 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
480 #endif
|
|
|
481
|
|
|
482 /*
|
|
|
483 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
|
484 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
|
485 */
|
|
|
486 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
|
487 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
488 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
489 else
|
|
|
490 {
|
|
|
491 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
492 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
493 }
|
|
|
494
|
|
|
495 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
496
|
|
|
497 /*
|
|
|
498 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
|
499 */
|
|
|
500 for (;;)
|
|
|
501 {
|
|
|
502 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
503 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
|
504 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
|
505 else
|
|
|
506 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
507 #endif
|
|
|
508 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
|
509 count = 0;
|
|
|
510
|
|
|
511 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
512 {
|
|
|
513 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
|
514 count = 0;
|
|
|
515 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
516 }
|
|
|
517
|
|
|
518 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
|
519 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
520 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
521
|
|
|
522 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
|
523 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
|
524 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
|
525 {
|
|
|
526 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
|
527 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
|
528 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
|
529 }
|
|
|
530
|
|
|
531 /*
|
|
|
532 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
|
533 */
|
|
|
534 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
536 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
537 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
|
538 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
|
539 * autocommand. */
|
|
|
540 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
|
541 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
|
542 #endif
|
|
|
543
|
|
|
544 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
545 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
|
546 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
|
547 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
548 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
|
549 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
550 foldCheckClose();
|
|
|
551 #endif
|
|
|
552
|
|
|
553 /*
|
|
|
554 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
|
555 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
|
556 * redraw.
|
|
|
557 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
|
558 * something.
|
|
|
559 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
|
560 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
|
561 */
|
|
|
562 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
|
563 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
564 && !did_backspace
|
|
|
565 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
|
566 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
567 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
|
568 #endif
|
|
|
569 )
|
|
|
570 {
|
|
|
571 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
572 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
573
|
|
|
574 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
575 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
|
576 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
|
577 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
578 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
579 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
|
580 #endif
|
|
|
581 ))
|
|
|
582 {
|
|
|
583 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
584 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
|
585 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
586 else
|
|
|
587 #endif
|
|
|
588 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
589 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
|
590 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
|
591 else
|
|
|
592 #endif
|
|
|
593 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
|
594 }
|
|
|
595 }
|
|
|
596
|
|
|
597 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
|
598 update_topline();
|
|
|
599
|
|
|
600 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
601
|
|
|
602 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
|
603
|
|
|
604 /*
|
|
|
605 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
|
606 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
|
607 */
|
|
|
608 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
610 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
611 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
|
612 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
|
613 #endif
|
|
|
614
|
|
|
615 update_curswant();
|
|
|
616 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
617 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
618 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
619 #endif
|
|
|
620
|
|
|
621 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
622 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
623 #endif
|
|
|
624
|
|
|
625 /*
|
|
|
626 * Get a character for Insert mode.
|
|
|
627 */
|
|
|
628 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
|
629 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
630
|
|
|
631 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
632 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
633 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
634 #endif
|
|
|
635 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
636 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
637 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
638 #endif
|
|
|
639
|
|
|
640 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
641 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
|
642 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
|
|
643 ins_compl_prep(c);
|
|
|
644 #endif
|
|
|
645
|
|
|
646 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode
|
|
|
647 * selected with 'insertmode'. */
|
|
|
648 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
|
649 {
|
|
|
650 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
651 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
652 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
653 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
654 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
655 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
656 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
657 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G) /* it's something else */
|
|
|
658 {
|
|
|
659 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
660 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
|
661 }
|
|
|
662 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
|
663 continue;
|
|
|
664 else
|
|
|
665 {
|
|
|
666 count = 0;
|
|
|
667 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
668 }
|
|
|
669 }
|
|
|
670
|
|
|
671 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
672 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
|
673 #endif
|
|
|
674
|
|
|
675 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
676 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
677 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
678 #endif
|
|
|
679 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
|
680 {
|
|
|
681 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
|
682 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
|
683 continue;
|
|
|
684 }
|
|
|
685
|
|
|
686 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
687 if (cindent_on()
|
|
|
688 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
689 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
690 # endif
|
|
|
691 )
|
|
|
692 {
|
|
|
693 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
|
694 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
|
695 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
|
696 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
|
697 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
|
698 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
|
699 goto force_cindent;
|
|
|
700 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
|
701 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
702 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
703 }
|
|
|
704 #endif
|
|
|
705
|
|
|
706 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
707 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
708 switch (c)
|
|
|
709 {
|
|
|
710 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
711 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
712 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
713 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
714 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
715 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
716 }
|
|
|
717 #endif
|
|
|
718
|
|
|
719 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
720 /*
|
|
|
721 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
|
722 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
|
723 * characters.
|
|
|
724 */
|
|
|
725 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
|
726 continue;
|
|
|
727 #endif
|
|
|
728
|
|
|
729 /*
|
|
|
730 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
|
731 */
|
|
|
732 switch (c)
|
|
|
733 {
|
|
|
734 /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
|
735 case K_INS:
|
|
|
736 case K_KINS:
|
|
|
737 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
738 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
739 {
|
|
|
740 beep_flush();
|
|
|
741 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
742 break;
|
|
|
743 }
|
|
|
744 #endif
|
|
11
|
745 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
746 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
|
|
|
747 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
|
|
748 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : "r"), 1);
|
|
|
749 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
750 #endif
|
|
7
|
751 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
752 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
753 else
|
|
|
754 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
755 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
|
756 showmode();
|
|
|
757 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
758 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
759 #endif
|
|
|
760 break;
|
|
|
761
|
|
|
762 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
763 /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
764 case Ctrl_X:
|
|
|
765 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-V CTRL-X doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
|
766 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
|
767 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
768 {
|
|
|
769 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
|
770 * continue_status */
|
|
|
771 if (continue_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
|
|
772 continue_status = (continue_status | CONT_INTRPT);
|
|
|
773 else
|
|
|
774 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
775 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
|
776 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
777 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
778 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
779 showmode();
|
|
|
780 }
|
|
|
781 break;
|
|
|
782 #endif
|
|
|
783
|
|
|
784 /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
|
785 case K_SELECT:
|
|
|
786 break;
|
|
|
787
|
|
|
788 /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
|
789 case Ctrl_Z:
|
|
|
790 if (!p_im)
|
|
|
791 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
|
792 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
|
793 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
|
794 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
795
|
|
|
796 /* execute one command */
|
|
|
797 case Ctrl_O:
|
|
|
798 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
799 break;
|
|
|
800 count = 0;
|
|
|
801 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
802 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
803 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
|
804 else
|
|
|
805 #endif
|
|
|
806 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
807 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
|
808 else
|
|
|
809 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
|
810 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
811 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
812 o_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
|
813 else
|
|
|
814 #endif
|
|
|
815 o_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
|
816 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
817
|
|
|
818 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
819 case K_SNIFF:
|
|
|
820 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
|
821 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
822 #endif
|
|
|
823
|
|
|
824 /* Hitting the help key in insert mode is like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
|
825 case K_HELP:
|
|
|
826 case K_F1:
|
|
|
827 case K_XF1:
|
|
|
828 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
|
829 if (p_im)
|
|
|
830 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
|
831 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
832
|
|
|
833 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
834 case K_F21:
|
|
|
835 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
836 i = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
837 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
838 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
|
839 break;
|
|
|
840 #endif
|
|
|
841
|
|
|
842 /* an escape ends input mode */
|
|
|
843 case ESC:
|
|
|
844 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
845 break;
|
|
|
846 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
847
|
|
|
848 case Ctrl_C:
|
|
|
849 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
850 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
851 {
|
|
|
852 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
853 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
|
854 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
|
855 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
856 }
|
|
|
857 #endif
|
|
|
858
|
|
|
859 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
860 do_intr:
|
|
|
861 #endif
|
|
|
862 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
|
863 * Insert mode */
|
|
|
864 if (goto_im())
|
|
|
865 {
|
|
|
866 if (got_int)
|
|
|
867 {
|
|
|
868 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
|
869 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
870 }
|
|
|
871 else
|
|
|
872 vim_beep();
|
|
|
873 break;
|
|
|
874 }
|
|
|
875 doESCkey:
|
|
|
876 /*
|
|
|
877 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
|
878 */
|
|
|
879 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
|
880 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
|
|
881 if (o_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
882 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
883
|
|
|
884 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar))
|
|
11
|
885 {
|
|
|
886 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
887 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
888 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
889 FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
890 #endif
|
|
7
|
891 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
|
11
|
892 }
|
|
7
|
893 continue;
|
|
|
894
|
|
|
895 /*
|
|
|
896 * Insert the previously inserted text.
|
|
|
897 * For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
|
898 * error.
|
|
|
899 */
|
|
|
900 case K_ZERO:
|
|
|
901 case NUL:
|
|
|
902 case Ctrl_A:
|
|
|
903 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
|
904 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
|
905 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
|
906 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
907 break;
|
|
|
908
|
|
|
909 /* insert the contents of a register */
|
|
|
910 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
911 ins_reg();
|
|
|
912 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
913 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
914 break;
|
|
|
915
|
|
|
916 case Ctrl_G:
|
|
|
917 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
|
918 break;
|
|
|
919
|
|
|
920 case Ctrl_HAT:
|
|
|
921 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP))
|
|
|
922 {
|
|
|
923 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
|
924 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
|
925 {
|
|
|
926 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
927 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
928 }
|
|
|
929 else
|
|
|
930 {
|
|
|
931 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
|
932 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
933 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
934 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
935 #endif
|
|
|
936 }
|
|
|
937 }
|
|
|
938 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
939 else
|
|
|
940 {
|
|
|
941 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
|
942 if (im_get_status())
|
|
|
943 {
|
|
|
944 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
945 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
946 }
|
|
|
947 else
|
|
|
948 {
|
|
|
949 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
|
950 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
951 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
|
952 }
|
|
|
953 }
|
|
|
954 #endif
|
|
|
955 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
|
956 showmode();
|
|
|
957 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
958 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
|
959 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
960 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
961 #endif
|
|
|
962 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
|
963 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
|
964 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
|
965 #endif
|
|
|
966 break;
|
|
|
967
|
|
|
968 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
969 case Ctrl__:
|
|
|
970 if (!p_ari)
|
|
|
971 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
972 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
|
973 break;
|
|
|
974 #endif
|
|
|
975
|
|
|
976 /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
|
|
977 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
978 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
979 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
980 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
981 #endif
|
|
|
982 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
983
|
|
|
984 /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
|
|
985 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
986 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
987 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
988 {
|
|
|
989 if (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)
|
|
|
990 {
|
|
|
991 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
992 msg_attr((char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
|
993 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
994 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
995 {
|
|
|
996 vim_beep();
|
|
|
997 setcursor();
|
|
|
998 out_flush();
|
|
|
999 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
1000 }
|
|
|
1001 break;
|
|
|
1002 }
|
|
|
1003 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1004 }
|
|
|
1005 # endif
|
|
|
1006 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
|
1007 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1008 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1009 break;
|
|
|
1010
|
|
|
1011 /* delete character under the cursor */
|
|
|
1012 case K_DEL:
|
|
|
1013 case K_KDEL:
|
|
|
1014 ins_del();
|
|
|
1015 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1016 break;
|
|
|
1017
|
|
|
1018 /* delete character before the cursor */
|
|
|
1019 case K_BS:
|
|
|
1020 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
|
1021 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1022 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1023 break;
|
|
|
1024
|
|
|
1025 /* delete word before the cursor */
|
|
|
1026 case Ctrl_W:
|
|
|
1027 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1028 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1029 break;
|
|
|
1030
|
|
|
1031 /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
|
|
1032 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
|
1033 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1034 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1035 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1036 break;
|
|
|
1037
|
|
|
1038 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
1039 case K_LEFTMOUSE:
|
|
|
1040 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
|
1041 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
|
1042 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1043 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
|
1044 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
|
1045 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
|
1046 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
|
1047 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
|
1048 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
|
1049 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1050 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
|
1051 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
|
1052 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
|
1053 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
|
1054 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
|
1055 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
|
1056 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
|
1057 break;
|
|
|
1058
|
|
|
1059 /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
|
|
1060 case K_MOUSEDOWN:
|
|
|
1061 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
|
1062 break;
|
|
|
1063
|
|
|
1064 /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
|
|
1065 case K_MOUSEUP:
|
|
|
1066 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
|
1067 break;
|
|
|
1068 #endif
|
|
|
1069
|
|
|
1070 case K_IGNORE:
|
|
|
1071 break;
|
|
|
1072
|
|
|
1073 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
1074 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1075 ins_scroll();
|
|
|
1076 break;
|
|
|
1077
|
|
|
1078 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1079 ins_horscroll();
|
|
|
1080 break;
|
|
|
1081 #endif
|
|
|
1082
|
|
|
1083 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
1084 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
1085 case K_XHOME:
|
|
|
1086 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
1087 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
|
1088 ins_home(c);
|
|
|
1089 break;
|
|
|
1090
|
|
|
1091 case K_END:
|
|
|
1092 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
1093 case K_XEND:
|
|
|
1094 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
1095 case K_C_END:
|
|
|
1096 ins_end(c);
|
|
|
1097 break;
|
|
|
1098
|
|
|
1099 case K_LEFT:
|
|
|
1100 ins_left();
|
|
|
1101 break;
|
|
|
1102
|
|
|
1103 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
1104 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
|
1105 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1106 break;
|
|
|
1107
|
|
|
1108 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1109 ins_right();
|
|
|
1110 break;
|
|
|
1111
|
|
|
1112 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1113 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1114 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1115 break;
|
|
|
1116
|
|
|
1117 case K_UP:
|
|
|
1118 ins_up(FALSE);
|
|
|
1119 break;
|
|
|
1120
|
|
|
1121 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
1122 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
1123 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
1124 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1125 break;
|
|
|
1126
|
|
|
1127 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
1128 ins_down(FALSE);
|
|
|
1129 break;
|
|
|
1130
|
|
|
1131 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
1132 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1133 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1134 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1135 break;
|
|
|
1136
|
|
|
1137 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
1138 case K_DROP:
|
|
|
1139 ins_drop();
|
|
|
1140 break;
|
|
|
1141 #endif
|
|
|
1142
|
|
|
1143 /* When <S-Tab> isn't mapped, use it like a normal TAB */
|
|
|
1144 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
1145 c = TAB;
|
|
|
1146 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1147
|
|
|
1148 /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
|
|
1149 case TAB:
|
|
|
1150 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1151 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
1152 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1153 #endif
|
|
|
1154 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1155 if (ins_tab())
|
|
|
1156 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
|
1157 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1158 break;
|
|
|
1159
|
|
|
1160 case K_KENTER:
|
|
|
1161 c = CAR;
|
|
|
1162 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1163 case CAR:
|
|
|
1164 case NL:
|
|
|
1165 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
|
1166 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
|
1167 * cursor. */
|
|
|
1168 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
|
1169 {
|
|
|
1170 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
|
1171 break;
|
|
|
1172 }
|
|
|
1173 #endif
|
|
|
1174 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
1175 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
1176 {
|
|
|
1177 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
1178 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
|
1179 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1180 }
|
|
|
1181 #endif
|
|
|
1182 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
|
1183 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
1184 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1185 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1186 break;
|
|
|
1187
|
|
|
1188 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
|
|
1189 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
1190 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1191 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
|
1192 {
|
|
|
1193 if (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL)
|
|
|
1194 {
|
|
|
1195 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
1196 msg_attr((char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty"),
|
|
|
1197 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
1198 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
1199 {
|
|
|
1200 vim_beep();
|
|
|
1201 setcursor();
|
|
|
1202 out_flush();
|
|
|
1203 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
1204 }
|
|
|
1205 break;
|
|
|
1206 }
|
|
|
1207 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1208 }
|
|
|
1209 # endif
|
|
|
1210 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
1211 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
|
1212 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
1213 break;
|
|
|
1214 # endif
|
|
|
1215 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1216 #endif /* FEAT_DIGRAPHS || FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1217
|
|
|
1218 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1219 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1220 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
|
1221 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1222 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1223
|
|
|
1224 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1225 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
1226 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1227 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1228 #endif
|
|
|
1229
|
|
|
1230 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1231 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1232 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
1233 #endif
|
|
|
1234 {
|
|
|
1235 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
|
1236 if (p_im)
|
|
|
1237 {
|
|
|
1238 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
1239 break;
|
|
|
1240 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1241 }
|
|
|
1242 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1243 }
|
|
|
1244 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1245 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1246
|
|
|
1247 /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
|
|
1248 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
1249 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
1250 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
|
1251 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
|
1252 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
|
1253 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
1254 && !(continue_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
|
|
1255 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1256
|
|
|
1257 docomplete:
|
|
|
1258 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
|
|
1259 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
1260 break;
|
|
|
1261 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1262
|
|
|
1263 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
|
1264 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
|
1265 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1266 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
1267 {
|
|
|
1268 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
|
1269 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
|
1270 else
|
|
|
1271 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
|
1272 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
1273 }
|
|
|
1274 else
|
|
|
1275 #endif
|
|
|
1276 {
|
|
|
1277 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum
|
|
|
1278 + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
|
1279 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
1280 {
|
|
|
1281 long tw_save;
|
|
|
1282
|
|
|
1283 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
|
1284 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
|
1285 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
|
1286 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
|
1287 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
|
1288 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1289 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
1290 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
|
1291 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1292 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
|
1293 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1294 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1295 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1296 #endif
|
|
|
1297 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
|
1298 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1299 }
|
|
|
1300 }
|
|
|
1301 break;
|
|
|
1302
|
|
|
1303 default:
|
|
|
1304 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1305 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
|
1306 goto do_intr;
|
|
|
1307 #endif
|
|
|
1308
|
|
|
1309 /*
|
|
|
1310 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
|
1311 */
|
|
|
1312 normalchar:
|
|
|
1313 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1314 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
|
1315 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
|
1316 #endif
|
|
|
1317
|
|
|
1318 if (c == ' ')
|
|
|
1319 {
|
|
|
1320 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
1321 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1322 if (inindent(0))
|
|
|
1323 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
1324 #endif
|
|
|
1325 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
|
1326 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
1327 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
1328 }
|
|
|
1329
|
|
|
1330 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
|
1331 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1332 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
|
1333 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
|
1334 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
|
1335 #endif
|
|
|
1336 c))
|
|
|
1337 {
|
|
|
1338 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1339 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1340 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1341 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1342 #endif
|
|
|
1343 }
|
|
|
1344
|
|
|
1345 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1346
|
|
|
1347 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1348 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
|
1349 * closed fold. */
|
|
|
1350 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
1351 #endif
|
|
|
1352 break;
|
|
|
1353 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
|
1354
|
|
|
1355 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
|
1356 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
1357 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1358
|
|
|
1359 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1360 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
|
1361 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1362 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
1363 # endif
|
|
|
1364 )
|
|
|
1365 {
|
|
|
1366 force_cindent:
|
|
|
1367 /*
|
|
|
1368 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
1369 */
|
|
|
1370 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
|
1371 {
|
|
|
1372 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
1373 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
1374 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1375 }
|
|
|
1376 }
|
|
|
1377 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
1378
|
|
|
1379 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
|
1380 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
|
1381 }
|
|
|
1382
|
|
|
1383 /*
|
|
|
1384 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
|
1385 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
|
1386 * option work correctly.
|
|
|
1387 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
|
1388 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
|
1389 */
|
|
|
1390 static void
|
|
|
1391 ins_redraw()
|
|
|
1392 {
|
|
|
1393 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
1394 {
|
|
|
1395 if (must_redraw)
|
|
|
1396 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
1397 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
|
1398 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
|
1399 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
|
1400 setcursor();
|
|
|
1401 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
|
1402 }
|
|
|
1403 }
|
|
|
1404
|
|
|
1405 /*
|
|
|
1406 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1407 */
|
|
|
1408 static void
|
|
|
1409 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
|
1410 {
|
|
|
1411 int c;
|
|
|
1412
|
|
|
1413 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
1414 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
1415
|
|
|
1416 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
1417 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
|
1418 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1419
|
|
|
1420 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1421 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
|
1422 #endif
|
|
|
1423
|
|
|
1424 c = get_literal();
|
|
|
1425 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1426 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
1427 #endif
|
|
|
1428 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1429 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1430 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1431 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1432 #endif
|
|
|
1433 }
|
|
|
1434
|
|
|
1435 /*
|
|
|
1436 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
|
1437 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1438 */
|
|
|
1439 static int pc_status;
|
|
|
1440 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
|
1441 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1442 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1443 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
|
1444 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1445 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1446 #else
|
|
|
1447 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1448 #endif
|
|
|
1449 static int pc_attr;
|
|
|
1450 static int pc_row;
|
|
|
1451 static int pc_col;
|
|
|
1452
|
|
|
1453 void
|
|
|
1454 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
|
1455 int c;
|
|
|
1456 int highlight;
|
|
|
1457 {
|
|
|
1458 int attr;
|
|
|
1459
|
|
|
1460 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
|
1461 {
|
|
|
1462 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
|
1463 validate_cursor();
|
|
|
1464 if (highlight)
|
|
|
1465 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
|
1466 else
|
|
|
1467 attr = 0;
|
|
|
1468 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
|
1469 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
|
1470 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1471 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
1472 #endif
|
|
|
1473 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1474 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
1475 {
|
|
|
1476 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1477 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1478 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1479 {
|
|
|
1480 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
|
1481
|
|
|
1482 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
|
1483 {
|
|
|
1484 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
|
1485 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1486 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1487 }
|
|
|
1488 }
|
|
|
1489 # endif
|
|
|
1490 }
|
|
|
1491 else
|
|
|
1492 #endif
|
|
|
1493 {
|
|
|
1494 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1495 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1496 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
|
1497 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
|
1498 #endif
|
|
|
1499 }
|
|
|
1500
|
|
|
1501 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
|
1502 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1503 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
|
1504 #endif
|
|
|
1505 {
|
|
|
1506 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
|
1507 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
|
1508 }
|
|
|
1509 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
|
1510 }
|
|
|
1511 }
|
|
|
1512
|
|
|
1513 /*
|
|
|
1514 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
|
1515 */
|
|
|
1516 void
|
|
|
1517 edit_unputchar()
|
|
|
1518 {
|
|
|
1519 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
|
1520 {
|
|
|
1521 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1522 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
|
1523 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1524 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
|
1525 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1526 else
|
|
|
1527 #endif
|
|
|
1528 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
|
1529 }
|
|
|
1530 }
|
|
|
1531
|
|
|
1532 /*
|
|
|
1533 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
|
1534 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
|
1535 */
|
|
|
1536 void
|
|
|
1537 display_dollar(col)
|
|
|
1538 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1539 {
|
|
|
1540 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
|
1541
|
|
|
1542 if (!redrawing())
|
|
|
1543 return;
|
|
|
1544
|
|
|
1545 cursor_off();
|
|
|
1546 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1547 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
1548 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1549 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1550 {
|
|
|
1551 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1552
|
|
|
1553 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
|
1554 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1555 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
|
1556 }
|
|
|
1557 #endif
|
|
|
1558 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
|
1559 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
|
1560 {
|
|
|
1561 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
|
1562 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
1563 }
|
|
|
1564 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
|
1565 }
|
|
|
1566
|
|
|
1567 /*
|
|
|
1568 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
|
1569 * in insert mode.
|
|
|
1570 */
|
|
|
1571 static void
|
|
|
1572 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
|
1573 {
|
|
|
1574 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
1575 {
|
|
|
1576 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1577 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1578 }
|
|
|
1579 }
|
|
|
1580
|
|
|
1581 /*
|
|
|
1582 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
|
1583 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
|
1584 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
|
1585 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
|
1586 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
|
1587 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
|
1588 */
|
|
|
1589 void
|
|
|
1590 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
|
|
|
1591 int type;
|
|
|
1592 int amount;
|
|
|
1593 int round;
|
|
|
1594 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
|
1595 {
|
|
|
1596 int vcol;
|
|
|
1597 int last_vcol;
|
|
|
1598 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
|
1599 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1600 int i;
|
|
|
1601 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1602 int save_p_list;
|
|
|
1603 int start_col;
|
|
|
1604 colnr_T vc;
|
|
|
1605 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1606 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1607 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1608
|
|
|
1609 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
|
1610 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1611 {
|
|
|
1612 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
|
1613 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1614 }
|
|
|
1615 #endif
|
|
|
1616
|
|
|
1617 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
|
1618 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1619 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1620 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
1621 vcol = vc;
|
|
|
1622
|
|
|
1623 /*
|
|
|
1624 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
|
1625 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
|
1626 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
|
1627 */
|
|
|
1628 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1629
|
|
|
1630 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
|
1631 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1632 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
1633 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1634
|
|
|
1635 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1636
|
|
|
1637 /*
|
|
|
1638 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
|
1639 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1640 */
|
|
|
1641 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
|
1642 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1643
|
|
|
1644 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
|
1645 start_col = -1;
|
|
|
1646
|
|
|
1647 /*
|
|
|
1648 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1649 */
|
|
|
1650 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
|
1651 (void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
1652 else
|
|
|
1653 {
|
|
|
1654 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1655 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
1656
|
|
|
1657 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
|
1658 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1659 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1660 #endif
|
|
|
1661 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
|
|
|
1662 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1663 State = save_State;
|
|
|
1664 #endif
|
|
|
1665 }
|
|
|
1666 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1667
|
|
|
1668 /*
|
|
|
1669 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
|
1670 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
|
1671 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
|
1672 * non-blank character.
|
|
|
1673 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1674 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
|
1675 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
|
1676 */
|
|
|
1677 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1678 {
|
|
|
1679 /*
|
|
|
1680 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
|
1681 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1682 */
|
|
|
1683 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
|
1684 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1685 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1686 }
|
|
|
1687 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1688 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1689 else
|
|
|
1690 {
|
|
|
1691 /*
|
|
|
1692 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
|
1693 */
|
|
|
1694 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1695 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
|
|
|
1696
|
|
|
1697 /*
|
|
|
1698 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
|
1699 */
|
|
|
1700 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1701 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
|
1702 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1703 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1704 {
|
|
|
1705 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
|
1706 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1707 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1708 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
|
|
1709 else
|
|
|
1710 #endif
|
|
|
1711 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1712 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
|
1713 }
|
|
|
1714 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
|
1715
|
|
|
1716 /*
|
|
|
1717 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
|
1718 * the right screen column.
|
|
|
1719 */
|
|
|
1720 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1721 {
|
|
|
1722 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1723 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
|
1724 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
|
|
|
1725 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
1726 {
|
|
|
1727 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
|
1728 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
1729 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
|
1730 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
1731 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
|
1732 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
1733 }
|
|
|
1734 }
|
|
|
1735
|
|
|
1736 /*
|
|
|
1737 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
|
1738 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1739 */
|
|
|
1740 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1741 }
|
|
|
1742
|
|
|
1743 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
|
1744
|
|
|
1745 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
|
1746 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1747 else
|
|
|
1748 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1749 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
1750 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
1751
|
|
|
1752 /*
|
|
|
1753 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
|
1754 */
|
|
|
1755 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
1756 {
|
|
|
1757 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
|
1758 {
|
|
|
1759 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1760 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
1761 else
|
|
|
1762 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1763 }
|
|
|
1764 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1765 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
1766 else
|
|
|
1767 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1768 }
|
|
|
1769
|
|
|
1770 /*
|
|
|
1771 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
|
1772 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
|
1773 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
|
1774 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
|
1775 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
|
1776 */
|
|
|
1777 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1778 {
|
|
|
1779 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
1780 {
|
|
|
1781 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1782 --start_col;
|
|
|
1783 }
|
|
|
1784 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
|
1785 {
|
|
|
1786 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1787 if (replaced)
|
|
|
1788 {
|
|
|
1789 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
|
1790 replaced = NUL;
|
|
|
1791 }
|
|
|
1792 ++start_col;
|
|
|
1793 }
|
|
|
1794 }
|
|
|
1795
|
|
|
1796 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1797 /*
|
|
|
1798 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
|
1799 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
|
1800 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
|
1801 */
|
|
|
1802 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1803 {
|
|
|
1804 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
|
1805 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
|
1806 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1807 return;
|
|
|
1808
|
|
|
1809 /* Save new line */
|
|
|
1810 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1811 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1812 return;
|
|
|
1813
|
|
|
1814 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
|
1815 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1816
|
|
|
1817 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1818 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1819 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
1820
|
|
|
1821 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
|
1822 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
|
1823
|
|
|
1824 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1825 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
|
1826
|
|
|
1827 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
|
1828 }
|
|
|
1829 #endif
|
|
|
1830 }
|
|
|
1831
|
|
|
1832 /*
|
|
|
1833 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
|
1834 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1835 * modes.
|
|
|
1836 */
|
|
|
1837 void
|
|
|
1838 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
|
1839 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1840 {
|
|
|
1841 int i;
|
|
|
1842
|
|
|
1843 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
|
1844 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
|
1845 {
|
|
|
1846 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1847 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1848 }
|
|
|
1849 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1850 }
|
|
|
1851
|
|
|
1852 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1853 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1854 /*
|
|
|
1855 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1856 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
|
1857 */
|
|
|
1858 void
|
|
|
1859 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
|
1860 int col;
|
|
|
1861 {
|
|
|
1862 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
|
1863 {
|
|
|
1864 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
1865 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1866 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
1867 else
|
|
|
1868 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
1869 }
|
|
|
1870 }
|
|
|
1871 #endif
|
|
|
1872
|
|
|
1873 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1874 /*
|
|
|
1875 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
|
1876 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
|
1877 */
|
|
|
1878 int
|
|
|
1879 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
|
1880 int c;
|
|
|
1881 {
|
|
|
1882 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
|
1883 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
1884 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1885
|
|
|
1886 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
1887 {
|
|
|
1888 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1889 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
1890 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
|
|
1891 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
|
|
1892 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
|
1893 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
|
1894 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
|
|
1895 || c == Ctrl_Q);
|
|
|
1896 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
|
1897 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
|
1898 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
1899 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1900 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
1901 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1902 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
1903 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1904 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
1905 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1906 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
1907 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1908 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
1909 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
1910 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1911 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
1912 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1913 #endif
|
|
|
1914 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
1915 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
|
1916 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
1917 }
|
|
|
1918 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
|
1919 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1920 }
|
|
|
1921
|
|
|
1922 /*
|
|
|
1923 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if ic and inf are set, then the
|
|
|
1924 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
|
1925 * text is infered, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
|
1926 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
|
|
1927 */
|
|
|
1928 int
|
|
|
1929 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, fname, dir, reuse)
|
|
|
1930 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1931 int len;
|
|
|
1932 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1933 int dir;
|
|
|
1934 int reuse;
|
|
|
1935 {
|
|
|
1936 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
|
1937 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
|
1938 int idx;
|
|
|
1939
|
|
|
1940 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len < IOSIZE)
|
|
|
1941 {
|
|
|
1942 /* Infer case of completed part -- webb */
|
|
|
1943 /* Use IObuff, str would change text in buffer! */
|
|
|
1944 STRNCPY(IObuff, str, len);
|
|
|
1945 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1946
|
|
|
1947 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
|
|
1948 for (idx = 0; idx < completion_length; ++idx)
|
|
|
1949 {
|
|
|
1950 if (islower(original_text[idx]))
|
|
|
1951 {
|
|
|
1952 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
|
1953 if (isupper(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
1954 {
|
|
|
1955 /* Rule 1 is satisfied */
|
|
|
1956 for (idx = completion_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
|
1957 IObuff[idx] = TOLOWER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
1958 break;
|
|
|
1959 }
|
|
|
1960 }
|
|
|
1961 }
|
|
|
1962
|
|
|
1963 /*
|
|
|
1964 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
|
1965 * upper case.
|
|
|
1966 */
|
|
|
1967 if (!has_lower)
|
|
|
1968 {
|
|
|
1969 for (idx = 0; idx < completion_length; ++idx)
|
|
|
1970 {
|
|
|
1971 if (was_letter && isupper(original_text[idx])
|
|
|
1972 && islower(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
1973 {
|
|
|
1974 /* Rule 2 is satisfied */
|
|
|
1975 for (idx = completion_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
|
1976 IObuff[idx] = TOUPPER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
1977 break;
|
|
|
1978 }
|
|
|
1979 was_letter = isalpha(original_text[idx]);
|
|
|
1980 }
|
|
|
1981 }
|
|
|
1982
|
|
|
1983 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed */
|
|
|
1984 STRNCPY(IObuff, original_text, completion_length);
|
|
|
1985
|
|
|
1986 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, fname, dir, reuse);
|
|
|
1987 }
|
|
|
1988 return ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, reuse);
|
|
|
1989 }
|
|
|
1990
|
|
|
1991 /*
|
|
|
1992 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
|
1993 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
1994 * FAIL, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
|
1995 * maybe because alloc returns NULL, then RET_ERROR is returned -- webb.
|
|
|
1996 */
|
|
|
1997 static int
|
|
|
1998 ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, reuse)
|
|
|
1999 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2000 int len;
|
|
|
2001 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
2002 int dir;
|
|
|
2003 int reuse;
|
|
|
2004 {
|
|
|
2005 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2008 if (got_int)
|
|
|
2009 return RET_ERROR;
|
|
|
2010 if (len < 0)
|
|
|
2011 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013 /*
|
|
|
2014 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
|
2015 */
|
|
|
2016 if (first_match != NULL)
|
|
|
2017 {
|
|
|
2018 match = first_match;
|
|
|
2019 do
|
|
|
2020 {
|
|
|
2021 if ( !(match->original & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2022 && STRNCMP(match->str, str, (size_t)len) == 0
|
|
|
2023 && match->str[len] == NUL)
|
|
|
2024 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2025 match = match->next;
|
|
|
2026 } while (match != NULL && match != first_match);
|
|
|
2027 }
|
|
|
2028
|
|
|
2029 /*
|
|
|
2030 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
|
2031 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
|
2032 */
|
|
|
2033 match = (struct Completion *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct Completion));
|
|
|
2034 if (match == NULL)
|
|
|
2035 return RET_ERROR;
|
|
|
2036 match->number = -1;
|
|
|
2037 if (reuse & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2038 {
|
|
|
2039 match->number = 0;
|
|
|
2040 match->str = original_text;
|
|
|
2041 }
|
|
|
2042 else if ((match->str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
|
|
2043 {
|
|
|
2044 vim_free(match);
|
|
|
2045 return RET_ERROR;
|
|
|
2046 }
|
|
|
2047 /* match-fname is:
|
|
|
2048 * - curr_match->fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
|
|
2049 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
|
2050 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
|
|
2051 if (fname && curr_match && curr_match->fname
|
|
|
2052 && STRCMP(fname, curr_match->fname) == 0)
|
|
|
2053 match->fname = curr_match->fname;
|
|
|
2054 else if (fname && (match->fname = vim_strsave(fname)) != NULL)
|
|
|
2055 reuse |= FREE_FNAME;
|
|
|
2056 else
|
|
|
2057 match->fname = NULL;
|
|
|
2058 match->original = reuse;
|
|
|
2059
|
|
|
2060 /*
|
|
|
2061 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
|
2062 */
|
|
|
2063 if (first_match == NULL)
|
|
|
2064 match->next = match->prev = NULL;
|
|
|
2065 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
2066 {
|
|
|
2067 match->next = curr_match->next;
|
|
|
2068 match->prev = curr_match;
|
|
|
2069 }
|
|
|
2070 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
2071 {
|
|
|
2072 match->next = curr_match;
|
|
|
2073 match->prev = curr_match->prev;
|
|
|
2074 }
|
|
|
2075 if (match->next)
|
|
|
2076 match->next->prev = match;
|
|
|
2077 if (match->prev)
|
|
|
2078 match->prev->next = match;
|
|
|
2079 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
|
|
2080 first_match = match;
|
|
|
2081 curr_match = match;
|
|
|
2082
|
|
|
2083 return OK;
|
|
|
2084 }
|
|
|
2085
|
|
|
2086 /*
|
|
|
2087 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2088 * Frees matches[].
|
|
|
2089 */
|
|
|
2090 static void
|
|
|
2091 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir)
|
|
|
2092 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2093 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2094 int dir;
|
|
|
2095 {
|
|
|
2096 int i;
|
|
|
2097 int add_r = OK;
|
|
|
2098 int ldir = dir;
|
|
|
2099
|
|
|
2100 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != RET_ERROR; i++)
|
|
|
2101 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, NULL, ldir, 0)) == OK)
|
|
|
2102 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2103 ldir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
2104 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2105 }
|
|
|
2106
|
|
|
2107 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
|
2108 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
|
2109 */
|
|
|
2110 static int
|
|
|
2111 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
|
2112 {
|
|
|
2113 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
2114 int count = 0;
|
|
|
2115
|
|
|
2116 if (first_match != NULL)
|
|
|
2117 {
|
|
|
2118 /*
|
|
|
2119 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
|
2120 */
|
|
|
2121 match = first_match;
|
|
|
2122 /* there's always an entry for the original_text, it doesn't count. */
|
|
|
2123 while (match->next != NULL && match->next != first_match)
|
|
|
2124 {
|
|
|
2125 match = match->next;
|
|
|
2126 ++count;
|
|
|
2127 }
|
|
|
2128 match->next = first_match;
|
|
|
2129 first_match->prev = match;
|
|
|
2130 }
|
|
|
2131 return count;
|
|
|
2132 }
|
|
|
2133
|
|
|
2134 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
|
2135 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
|
|
2136 /*
|
|
|
2137 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern to the list of
|
|
|
2138 * completions.
|
|
|
2139 */
|
|
|
2140 static void
|
|
|
2141 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict, pat, dir, flags, thesaurus)
|
|
|
2142 char_u *dict;
|
|
|
2143 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
2144 int dir;
|
|
|
2145 int flags;
|
|
|
2146 int thesaurus;
|
|
|
2147 {
|
|
|
2148 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2149 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2150 FILE *fp;
|
|
|
2151 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2152 int add_r;
|
|
|
2153 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2154 int count;
|
|
|
2155 int i;
|
|
|
2156 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2157
|
|
|
2158 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
|
|
2159 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
|
2160 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2161 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2162 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
|
2163 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
|
2164 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
|
2165 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
|
2166 while (buf != NULL && regmatch.regprog != NULL && *dict != NUL
|
|
|
2167 && !got_int && !completion_interrupted)
|
|
|
2168 {
|
|
|
2169 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
|
2170 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2171 {
|
|
|
2172 count = 1;
|
|
|
2173 files = &dict;
|
|
|
2174 }
|
|
|
2175 else
|
|
|
2176 {
|
|
|
2177 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
|
2178 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
|
2179 * a modeline). */
|
|
|
2180 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2181 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
|
2182 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
|
2183 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
|
2184 count = 0;
|
|
|
2185 }
|
|
|
2186
|
|
|
2187 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !completion_interrupted; i++)
|
|
|
2188 {
|
|
|
2189 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
|
2190 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2191 {
|
|
|
2192 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning dictionary: %s"),
|
|
|
2193 (char *)files[i]);
|
|
|
2194 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2195 }
|
|
|
2196
|
|
|
2197 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
|
2198 {
|
|
|
2199 /*
|
|
|
2200 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
|
2201 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
|
2202 */
|
|
|
2203 while (!got_int && !completion_interrupted
|
|
|
2204 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
|
|
2205 {
|
|
|
2206 ptr = buf;
|
|
|
2207 while (vim_regexec(®match, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
|
2208 {
|
|
|
2209 ptr = regmatch.startp[0];
|
|
|
2210 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2211 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch.startp[0],
|
|
|
2212 (int)(ptr - regmatch.startp[0]),
|
|
|
2213 files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2214 if (thesaurus)
|
|
|
2215 {
|
|
|
2216 char_u *wstart;
|
|
|
2217
|
|
|
2218 /*
|
|
|
2219 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
|
2220 */
|
|
|
2221 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
2222 {
|
|
|
2223 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
|
2224 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
|
2225 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
|
2226 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
|
2227 break;
|
|
|
2228 wstart = ptr;
|
|
|
2229
|
|
|
2230 /* Find end of the word and add it. */
|
|
|
2231 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2232 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2233 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
|
2234 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
|
2235 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
|
2236 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2237 {
|
|
|
2238 int l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
2239
|
|
|
2240 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2241 break;
|
|
|
2242 ptr += l;
|
|
|
2243 }
|
|
|
2244 else
|
|
|
2245 #endif
|
|
|
2246 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2247 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
|
2248 (int)(ptr - wstart), files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2249 }
|
|
|
2250 }
|
|
|
2251 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
|
2252 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2253 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
2254 else if (add_r == RET_ERROR)
|
|
|
2255 break;
|
|
|
2256 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
|
2257 * of line */
|
|
|
2258 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
|
2259 break;
|
|
|
2260 }
|
|
|
2261 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2262 ins_compl_check_keys();
|
|
|
2263 }
|
|
|
2264 fclose(fp);
|
|
|
2265 }
|
|
|
2266 }
|
|
|
2267 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2268 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
|
2269 if (flags)
|
|
|
2270 break;
|
|
|
2271 }
|
|
|
2272 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2273 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
2274 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
2275 }
|
|
|
2276
|
|
|
2277 /*
|
|
|
2278 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
|
2279 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
|
2280 */
|
|
|
2281 char_u *
|
|
|
2282 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
|
2283 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2284 {
|
|
|
2285 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2286 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2287 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
|
|
2288 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
2289 else
|
|
|
2290 #endif
|
|
|
2291 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2292 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2293 return ptr;
|
|
|
2294 }
|
|
|
2295
|
|
|
2296 /*
|
|
|
2297 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
|
2298 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
|
2299 */
|
|
|
2300 char_u *
|
|
|
2301 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
|
2302 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2303 {
|
|
|
2304 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2305 int start_class;
|
|
|
2306
|
|
|
2307 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2308 {
|
|
|
2309 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
|
2310 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
|
2311 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2312 {
|
|
|
2313 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
2314 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
|
2315 break;
|
|
|
2316 }
|
|
|
2317 }
|
|
|
2318 else
|
|
|
2319 #endif
|
|
|
2320 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2321 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2322 return ptr;
|
|
|
2323 }
|
|
|
2324
|
|
|
2325 /*
|
|
|
2326 * Free the list of completions
|
|
|
2327 */
|
|
|
2328 static void
|
|
|
2329 ins_compl_free()
|
|
|
2330 {
|
|
|
2331 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
2332
|
|
|
2333 vim_free(complete_pat);
|
|
|
2334 complete_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
2335
|
|
|
2336 if (first_match == NULL)
|
|
|
2337 return;
|
|
|
2338 curr_match = first_match;
|
|
|
2339 do
|
|
|
2340 {
|
|
|
2341 match = curr_match;
|
|
|
2342 curr_match = curr_match->next;
|
|
|
2343 vim_free(match->str);
|
|
|
2344 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
|
|
2345 if (match->original & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
|
2346 vim_free(match->fname);
|
|
|
2347 vim_free(match);
|
|
|
2348 } while (curr_match != NULL && curr_match != first_match);
|
|
|
2349 first_match = curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
2350 }
|
|
|
2351
|
|
|
2352 static void
|
|
|
2353 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
|
2354 {
|
|
|
2355 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
2356 started_completion = FALSE;
|
|
|
2357 completion_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2358 vim_free(complete_pat);
|
|
|
2359 complete_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
2360 save_sm = -1;
|
|
|
2361 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2362 }
|
|
|
2363
|
|
|
2364 /*
|
|
|
2365 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
|
|
2366 */
|
|
|
2367 static void
|
|
|
2368 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
|
2369 int c;
|
|
|
2370 {
|
|
|
2371 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2372 char_u *tmp_ptr;
|
|
|
2373 int temp;
|
|
|
2374 int want_cindent;
|
|
|
2375
|
|
|
2376 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
|
2377 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
|
2378 */
|
|
|
2379 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2380 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2381
|
|
|
2382 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping */
|
|
|
2383 if (c == K_SELECT)
|
|
|
2384 return;
|
|
|
2385
|
|
|
2386 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
|
2387 {
|
|
|
2388 /*
|
|
|
2389 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
|
2390 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
|
2391 */
|
|
|
2392 switch (c)
|
|
|
2393 {
|
|
|
2394 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
|
2395 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
|
2396 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
|
2397 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
2398 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2399 else
|
|
|
2400 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2401 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
2402 showmode();
|
|
|
2403 break;
|
|
|
2404 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
|
2405 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
2406 break;
|
|
|
2407 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
|
2408 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
|
2409 break;
|
|
|
2410 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
2411 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2412 break;
|
|
|
2413 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
2414 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
|
2415 break;
|
|
|
2416 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
2417 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2418 break;
|
|
|
2419 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
|
2420 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2421 break;
|
|
|
2422 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2423 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
|
2424 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
2425 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2426 break;
|
|
|
2427 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
2428 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2429 break;
|
|
|
2430 #endif
|
|
|
2431 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
|
2432 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
|
2433 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
|
2434 break;
|
|
|
2435 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
2436 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
2437 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
|
2438 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
|
2439 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2440 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
|
2441 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2442 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
|
2443 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
2444 if (!(continue_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
|
2445 continue_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
2446 else if (continue_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2447 continue_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
2448 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
2449 default:
|
|
|
2450 /* if we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
|
2451 * continue_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X mode)
|
|
|
2452 * for mode 0, we set continue_mode to an impossible value, in
|
|
|
2453 * both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same mode
|
|
|
2454 * (avoiding ADDING mode). Undocumented feature:
|
|
|
2455 * In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start 'complete' and local
|
|
|
2456 * ^P expansions respectively. In mode 0 an extra ^X is
|
|
|
2457 * needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
2458 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
|
2459 {
|
|
|
2460 if (continue_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2461 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
2462 else
|
|
|
2463 continue_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
2464 }
|
|
|
2465 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2466 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2467 showmode();
|
|
|
2468 break;
|
|
|
2469 }
|
|
|
2470 }
|
|
|
2471 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2472 {
|
|
|
2473 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
|
2474 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2475 {
|
|
|
2476 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
2477 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2478 else
|
|
|
2479 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
|
2480 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2481 }
|
|
|
2482 showmode();
|
|
|
2483 }
|
|
|
2484
|
|
|
2485 if (started_completion || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
2486 {
|
|
|
2487 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
|
2488 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
|
|
2489 * showing what mode we are in.
|
|
|
2490 */
|
|
|
2491 showmode();
|
|
|
2492 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
2493 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
2494 {
|
|
|
2495 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
|
2496 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
|
|
2497 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert.
|
|
|
2498 */
|
|
|
2499 if (curr_match != NULL)
|
|
|
2500 {
|
|
|
2501 /*
|
|
|
2502 * If any of the original typed text has been changed,
|
|
|
2503 * eg when ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to
|
|
|
2504 * the redo buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete
|
|
|
2505 * just the part of the original text that has changed.
|
|
|
2506 */
|
|
|
2507 ptr = curr_match->str;
|
|
|
2508 tmp_ptr = original_text;
|
|
|
2509 while (*tmp_ptr && *tmp_ptr == *ptr)
|
|
|
2510 {
|
|
|
2511 ++tmp_ptr;
|
|
|
2512 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2513 }
|
|
|
2514 for (temp = 0; tmp_ptr[temp]; ++temp)
|
|
|
2515 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
|
|
2516 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr);
|
|
|
2517 }
|
|
|
2518
|
|
|
2519 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2520 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
|
2521 #endif
|
|
|
2522 /*
|
|
|
2523 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
|
2524 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
|
2525 */
|
|
|
2526 if (continue_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2527 {
|
|
|
2528 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2529 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
2530 if (want_cindent)
|
|
|
2531 {
|
|
|
2532 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2533 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
|
2534 }
|
|
|
2535 #endif
|
|
|
2536 }
|
|
|
2537 else
|
|
|
2538 {
|
|
|
2539 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
|
2540 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
2541 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
2542 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
|
2543 curwin->w_cursor.col++;
|
|
|
2544 }
|
|
|
2545
|
|
|
2546 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
2547
|
|
|
2548 ins_compl_free();
|
|
|
2549 started_completion = FALSE;
|
|
|
2550 completion_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2551 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
2552 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2553 p_sm = save_sm;
|
|
|
2554 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
|
2555 {
|
|
|
2556 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2557 showmode();
|
|
|
2558 }
|
|
|
2559
|
|
|
2560 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2561 /*
|
|
|
2562 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
2563 */
|
|
|
2564 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
|
2565 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2566 #endif
|
|
|
2567 }
|
|
|
2568 }
|
|
|
2569
|
|
|
2570 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
|
2571 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
|
2572 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2573 {
|
|
|
2574 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
2575 continue_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2576 }
|
|
|
2577 }
|
|
|
2578
|
|
|
2579 /*
|
|
|
2580 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
|
2581 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
|
2582 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
|
2583 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
|
2584 *
|
|
|
2585 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
|
2586 */
|
|
|
2587 static buf_T *
|
|
|
2588 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
|
2589 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2590 int flag;
|
|
|
2591 {
|
|
|
2592 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2593 static win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2594 #endif
|
|
|
2595
|
|
|
2596 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
|
2597 {
|
|
|
2598 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2599 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
|
2600 wp = curwin;
|
|
|
2601 while ((wp = wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin) != curwin
|
|
|
2602 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
|
2603 ;
|
|
|
2604 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
2605 #else
|
|
|
2606 buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2607 #endif
|
|
|
2608 }
|
|
|
2609 else
|
|
|
2610 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
|
2611 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
|
2612 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
|
|
2613 while ((buf = buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf) != curbuf
|
|
|
2614 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
|
2615 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
2616 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
2617 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
|
|
2618 || buf->b_scanned
|
|
|
2619 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL
|
|
|
2620 && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)))
|
|
|
2621 ;
|
|
|
2622 return buf;
|
|
|
2623 }
|
|
|
2624
|
|
|
2625 /*
|
|
|
2626 * Get the next expansion(s) for the text starting at the initial curbuf
|
|
|
2627 * position "ini" and in the direction dir.
|
|
|
2628 * Return the total of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
|
|
2629 */
|
|
|
2630 static int
|
|
|
2631 ins_compl_get_exp(ini, dir)
|
|
|
2632 pos_T *ini;
|
|
|
2633 int dir;
|
|
|
2634 {
|
|
|
2635 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2636 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
|
2637 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
|
|
2638 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches. */
|
|
|
2639 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL;
|
|
|
2640
|
|
|
2641 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2642 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2643 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2644 int save_p_ws;
|
|
|
2645 int save_p_ic;
|
|
|
2646 int i;
|
|
|
2647 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2648 int len;
|
|
|
2649 int found_new_match;
|
|
|
2650 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
2651 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2652 char_u *tmp_ptr;
|
|
|
2653 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
|
2654 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
|
2655 struct Completion *old_match;
|
|
|
2656
|
|
|
2657 if (!started_completion)
|
|
|
2658 {
|
|
|
2659 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
|
2660 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
|
2661 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
2662 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2663 e_cpt = continue_status & CONT_LOCAL ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
|
|
2664 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
2665 }
|
|
|
2666
|
|
|
2667 old_match = curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
|
|
2668 pos = (dir == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2669 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
|
2670 for (;;)
|
|
|
2671 {
|
|
|
2672 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
2673
|
|
|
2674 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if started_completion is off,
|
|
|
2675 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
|
2676 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
|
2677 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2678 && (!started_completion || found_all))
|
|
|
2679 {
|
|
|
2680 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
2681 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
|
2682 e_cpt++;
|
|
|
2683 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
|
2684 {
|
|
|
2685 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2686 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
2687 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
|
2688 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
|
2689 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
|
2690 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2691 type = 0;
|
|
|
2692 }
|
|
|
2693 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
|
2694 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
|
2695 {
|
|
|
2696 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
|
2697 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
|
2698 {
|
|
|
2699 started_completion = TRUE;
|
|
|
2700 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
2701 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
|
2702 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2703 type = 0;
|
|
|
2704 }
|
|
|
2705 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
|
2706 {
|
|
|
2707 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2708 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
|
2709 continue;
|
|
|
2710 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2711 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
|
2712 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
|
2713 }
|
|
|
2714 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
|
|
2715 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
|
2716 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
|
2717 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
|
2718 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
|
2719 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
|
2720 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2721 }
|
|
|
2722 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
|
2723 break;
|
|
|
2724 else
|
|
|
2725 {
|
|
|
2726 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2727 type = -1;
|
|
|
2728 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
|
2729 {
|
|
|
2730 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
|
2731 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2732 else
|
|
|
2733 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2734 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
|
2735 {
|
|
|
2736 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
|
2737 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
|
2738 }
|
|
|
2739 }
|
|
|
2740 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2741 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
|
2742 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2743 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
|
2744 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2745 #endif
|
|
|
2746 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
|
2747 {
|
|
|
2748 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2749 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
|
2750 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2751 }
|
|
|
2752 else
|
|
|
2753 type = -1;
|
|
|
2754
|
|
|
2755 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
|
2756 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2757
|
|
|
2758 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2759 if (type == -1)
|
|
|
2760 continue;
|
|
|
2761 }
|
|
|
2762 }
|
|
|
2763
|
|
|
2764 switch (type)
|
|
|
2765 {
|
|
|
2766 case -1:
|
|
|
2767 break;
|
|
|
2768 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2769 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
2770 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
2771 find_pattern_in_path(complete_pat, dir,
|
|
|
2772 (int)STRLEN(complete_pat), FALSE, FALSE,
|
|
|
2773 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
|
|
2774 && !(continue_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
|
2775 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
|
2776 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
|
2777 break;
|
|
|
2778 #endif
|
|
|
2779
|
|
|
2780 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
2781 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
2782 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
|
2783 dict ? dict
|
|
|
2784 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
|
2785 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
|
2786 ? p_tsr
|
|
|
2787 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
|
2788 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
|
2789 ? p_dict
|
|
|
2790 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
|
|
2791 complete_pat, dir,
|
|
|
2792 dict ? dict_f : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
|
2793 dict = NULL;
|
|
|
2794 break;
|
|
|
2795
|
|
|
2796 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
2797 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
|
2798 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
|
|
2799 p_ic = ignorecase(complete_pat);
|
|
|
2800
|
|
|
2801 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
|
|
2802 * of matches is found when complete_pat is empty */
|
|
|
2803 if (find_tags(complete_pat, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
|
2804 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
2805 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
2806 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
2807 {
|
|
|
2808 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2809 }
|
|
|
2810 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
|
2811 break;
|
|
|
2812
|
|
|
2813 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
2814 if (expand_wildcards(1, &complete_pat, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
|
2815 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
|
2816 {
|
|
|
2817
|
|
|
2818 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
|
|
2819 tilde_replace(complete_pat, num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2820 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2821 }
|
|
|
2822 break;
|
|
|
2823
|
|
|
2824 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
2825 if (expand_cmdline(&complete_xp, complete_pat,
|
|
|
2826 (int)STRLEN(complete_pat),
|
|
|
2827 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
|
|
2828 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2829 break;
|
|
|
2830
|
|
|
2831 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
|
2832 /*
|
|
|
2833 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
|
2834 */
|
|
|
2835 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2836 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2837 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
|
2838 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
|
2839 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
|
2840 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
|
2841 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
|
2842 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
|
2843 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
2844 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
|
2845 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
|
2846 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
|
2847 for (;;)
|
|
|
2848 {
|
|
|
2849 int reuse = 0;
|
|
|
2850
|
|
|
2851 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that has
|
|
|
2852 * added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
|
|
2853 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
|
2854 || (continue_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
|
2855 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
|
|
2856 dir, complete_pat);
|
|
|
2857 else
|
|
|
2858 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, dir,
|
|
|
2859 complete_pat, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
|
|
2860 RE_LAST);
|
|
|
2861 if (!started_completion)
|
|
|
2862 {
|
|
|
2863 /* set started_completion even on fail */
|
|
|
2864 started_completion = TRUE;
|
|
|
2865 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
2866 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
2867 }
|
|
|
2868 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
|
|
2869 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
|
|
2870 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
2871 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
|
2872 {
|
|
|
2873 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
|
2874 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2875 break;
|
|
|
2876 }
|
|
|
2877
|
|
|
2878 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
|
|
2879 if ( (continue_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
|
|
2880 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
|
2881 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
|
2882 continue;
|
|
|
2883 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
|
2884 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2885 {
|
|
|
2886 if (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
2887 {
|
|
|
2888 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
2889 continue;
|
|
|
2890 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
2891 if (!p_paste)
|
|
|
2892 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
2893 }
|
|
|
2894 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
2895 }
|
|
|
2896 else
|
|
|
2897 {
|
|
|
2898 tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
2899 if (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
2900 {
|
|
|
2901 tmp_ptr += completion_length;
|
|
|
2902 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
|
2903 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
2904 continue;
|
|
|
2905 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
2906 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
2907 }
|
|
|
2908 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
|
2909 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
2910 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
2911
|
|
|
2912 if ((continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
2913 && len == completion_length)
|
|
|
2914 {
|
|
|
2915 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
2916 {
|
|
|
2917 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
|
2918 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
|
2919 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
|
|
2920 * completion_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
|
|
2921 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
2922 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
|
2923 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
2924 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
2925 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
2926 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
2927 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
|
2928 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
2929 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
|
2930 {
|
|
|
2931 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len-1] != TAB)
|
|
|
2932 {
|
|
|
2933 if (IObuff[len-1] != ' ')
|
|
|
2934 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
2935 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
|
2936 if (p_js
|
|
|
2937 && (IObuff[len-2] == '.'
|
|
|
2938 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
|
2939 == NULL
|
|
|
2940 && (IObuff[len-2] == '?'
|
|
|
2941 || IObuff[len-2] == '!'))))
|
|
|
2942 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
2943 }
|
|
|
2944 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
|
2945 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
|
2946 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
|
2947 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
2948 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
2949 reuse |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
|
2950 }
|
|
|
2951 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
2952 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
|
2953 }
|
|
|
2954 if (len == completion_length)
|
|
|
2955 continue;
|
|
|
2956 }
|
|
|
2957 }
|
|
|
2958 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len,
|
|
|
2959 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
|
|
2960 dir, reuse) != FAIL)
|
|
|
2961 {
|
|
|
2962 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
2963 break;
|
|
|
2964 }
|
|
|
2965 }
|
|
|
2966 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2967 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
|
2968 }
|
|
|
2969 /* check if curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of expansion
|
|
|
2970 * added somenthing) */
|
|
|
2971 if (curr_match != old_match)
|
|
|
2972 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
2973
|
|
|
2974 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
|
2975 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
|
2976 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2977 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
|
|
2978 break;
|
|
|
2979
|
|
|
2980 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
|
2981 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
2982 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
|
2983
|
|
|
2984 started_completion = FALSE;
|
|
|
2985 }
|
|
|
2986 started_completion = TRUE;
|
|
|
2987
|
|
|
2988 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2989 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
|
2990 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
2991
|
|
|
2992 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
|
2993 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
|
2994 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
|
2995 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
2996
|
|
|
2997 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
|
|
2998 * just been made cyclic then we have to move curr_match to the next or
|
|
|
2999 * previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3000 curr_match = dir == FORWARD ? old_match->next : old_match->prev;
|
|
|
3001 if (curr_match == NULL)
|
|
|
3002 curr_match = old_match;
|
|
|
3003 return i;
|
|
|
3004 }
|
|
|
3005
|
|
|
3006 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
|
3007 static void
|
|
|
3008 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
|
3009 {
|
|
|
3010 int i;
|
|
|
3011
|
|
|
3012 /*
|
|
|
3013 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
|
3014 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
|
3015 */
|
|
|
3016 i = complete_col + (continue_status & CONT_ADDING ? completion_length : 0);
|
|
|
3017 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
3018 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
3019 }
|
|
|
3020
|
|
|
3021 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
|
3022 static void
|
|
|
3023 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
|
3024 {
|
|
|
3025 ins_bytes(shown_match->str + curwin->w_cursor.col - complete_col);
|
|
|
3026 }
|
|
|
3027
|
|
|
3028 /*
|
|
|
3029 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
|
|
3030 * If allow_get_expansion is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to get
|
|
|
3031 * more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there are
|
|
|
3032 * no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when we
|
|
|
3033 * are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing through
|
|
|
3034 * the ones found so far.
|
|
|
3035 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
|
3036 *
|
|
|
3037 * curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
|
3038 * shown_match here.
|
|
|
3039 *
|
|
|
3040 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
|
|
3041 * allow_get_expansion TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
|
3042 * calls this function with allow_get_expansion FALSE.
|
|
|
3043 */
|
|
|
3044 static int
|
|
|
3045 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3046 int allow_get_expansion;
|
|
|
3047 {
|
|
|
3048 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
|
3049 int i;
|
|
|
3050
|
|
|
3051 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3052 {
|
|
|
3053 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
|
3054 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3055 }
|
|
|
3056 completion_pending = FALSE;
|
|
|
3057 if (shown_direction == FORWARD && shown_match->next != NULL)
|
|
|
3058 shown_match = shown_match->next;
|
|
|
3059 else if (shown_direction == BACKWARD && shown_match->prev != NULL)
|
|
|
3060 shown_match = shown_match->prev;
|
|
|
3061 else
|
|
|
3062 {
|
|
|
3063 completion_pending = TRUE;
|
|
|
3064 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3065 {
|
|
|
3066 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&initial_pos, complete_direction);
|
|
|
3067 if (completion_pending)
|
|
|
3068 {
|
|
|
3069 if (complete_direction == shown_direction)
|
|
|
3070 shown_match = curr_match;
|
|
|
3071 }
|
|
|
3072 }
|
|
|
3073 else
|
|
|
3074 return -1;
|
|
|
3075 }
|
|
|
3076
|
|
|
3077 /* Insert the text of the new completion */
|
|
|
3078 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
3079
|
|
|
3080 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3081 {
|
|
|
3082 /* Display the current match. */
|
|
|
3083 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
3084
|
|
|
3085 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
|
3086 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
|
3087 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3088 }
|
|
|
3089
|
|
|
3090 /*
|
|
|
3091 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
|
3092 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
|
3093 */
|
|
|
3094 if (shown_match->fname != NULL)
|
|
|
3095 {
|
|
|
3096 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
|
|
3097 i = (vim_strsize(shown_match->fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
|
|
3098 if (i <= 0)
|
|
|
3099 i = 0;
|
|
|
3100 else
|
|
|
3101 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
|
|
3102 STRCAT(IObuff, shown_match->fname + i);
|
|
|
3103 msg(IObuff);
|
|
|
3104 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
|
3105 }
|
|
|
3106
|
|
|
3107 return num_matches;
|
|
|
3108 }
|
|
|
3109
|
|
|
3110 /*
|
|
|
3111 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
|
3112 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
|
|
3113 * mode. Also, when completion_pending is TRUE, show a completion as soon as
|
|
|
3114 * possible. -- webb
|
|
|
3115 */
|
|
|
3116 void
|
|
|
3117 ins_compl_check_keys()
|
|
|
3118 {
|
|
|
3119 static int count = 0;
|
|
|
3120
|
|
|
3121 int c;
|
|
|
3122
|
|
|
3123 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
|
3124 * scripts */
|
|
|
3125 if (using_script())
|
|
|
3126 return;
|
|
|
3127
|
|
|
3128 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
|
|
3129 if (++count < CHECK_KEYS_TIME)
|
|
|
3130 return;
|
|
|
3131 count = 0;
|
|
|
3132
|
|
|
3133 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
3134 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
|
3135 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3136 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
3137 {
|
|
|
3138 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
3139 {
|
|
|
3140 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
|
|
3141 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
|
3142 shown_direction = BACKWARD;
|
|
|
3143 else
|
|
|
3144 shown_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
3145 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE);
|
|
|
3146 }
|
|
|
3147 else if (c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
3148 completion_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
|
3149 }
|
|
|
3150 if (completion_pending && !got_int)
|
|
|
3151 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE);
|
|
|
3152 }
|
|
|
3153
|
|
|
3154 /*
|
|
|
3155 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
|
3156 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
|
3157 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
|
3158 */
|
|
|
3159 static int
|
|
|
3160 ins_complete(c)
|
|
|
3161 int c;
|
|
|
3162 {
|
|
|
3163 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3164 char_u *tmp_ptr = NULL; /* init for gcc */
|
|
|
3165 int temp = 0;
|
|
|
3166
|
|
|
3167 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
|
3168 complete_direction = BACKWARD;
|
|
|
3169 else
|
|
|
3170 complete_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
3171 if (!started_completion)
|
|
|
3172 {
|
|
|
3173 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
|
3174
|
|
|
3175 /* Turn off 'sm' so we don't show matches with ^X^L */
|
|
|
3176 save_sm = p_sm;
|
|
|
3177 p_sm = FALSE;
|
|
|
3178
|
|
|
3179 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
3180 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
3181 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3182 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3183 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
3184 #endif
|
|
|
3185 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
3186 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3187
|
|
|
3188 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
3189 complete_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
3190
|
|
|
3191 /* if this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
|
|
3192 * "initial_pos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word instead
|
|
|
3193 * of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if "initial_pos"
|
|
|
3194 * is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it (the line has
|
|
|
3195 * been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL is set then
|
|
|
3196 * skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of the line has
|
|
|
3197 * been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
|
|
3198 if ((continue_status & CONT_INTRPT) && continue_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
3199 {
|
|
|
3200 /*
|
|
|
3201 * it is a continued search
|
|
|
3202 */
|
|
|
3203 continue_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
|
|
3204 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3205 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3206 {
|
|
|
3207 if (initial_pos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
3208 {
|
|
|
3209 /* line (probably) wrapped, set initial_pos to the first
|
|
|
3210 * non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar include
|
|
|
3211 * it to get a better pattern, but then we don't want the
|
|
|
3212 * "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
|
3213 tmp_ptr = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
3214 initial_pos.col = (colnr_T) (tmp_ptr - line);
|
|
|
3215 initial_pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3216 continue_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
|
|
3217 }
|
|
|
3218 else
|
|
|
3219 {
|
|
|
3220 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
|
3221 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
|
|
3222 * mode but first we need to redefine initial_pos */
|
|
|
3223 if (continue_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
|
3224 {
|
|
|
3225 continue_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3226 initial_pos.col = (colnr_T) (skipwhite(line + completion_length +
|
|
|
3227 initial_pos.col) - line);
|
|
|
3228 }
|
|
|
3229 tmp_ptr = line + initial_pos.col;
|
|
|
3230 }
|
|
|
3231 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)(tmp_ptr - line);
|
|
|
3232 /* IObuf is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
|
|
3233 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
|
|
|
3234 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
|
|
3235 if (temp > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
|
|
3236 {
|
|
|
3237 continue_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3238 temp = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
|
3239 tmp_ptr = line + curwin->w_cursor.col - temp;
|
|
|
3240 }
|
|
|
3241 continue_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3242 if (temp < 1)
|
|
|
3243 continue_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3244 }
|
|
|
3245 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3246 continue_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3247 else
|
|
|
3248 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
3249 }
|
|
|
3250 else
|
|
|
3251 continue_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3252
|
|
|
3253 if (!(continue_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
|
3254 {
|
|
|
3255 continue_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
3256 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
|
|
3257 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
3258 continue_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3259 initial_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3260 temp = (int)complete_col;
|
|
|
3261 tmp_ptr = line;
|
|
|
3262 }
|
|
|
3263
|
|
|
3264 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
|
3265 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
|
3266 {
|
|
|
3267 if ( (continue_status & CONT_SOL)
|
|
|
3268 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3269 {
|
|
|
3270 if (!(continue_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
|
|
3271 {
|
|
|
3272 while (--temp >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[temp]))
|
|
|
3273 ;
|
|
|
3274 tmp_ptr += ++temp;
|
|
|
3275 temp = complete_col - temp;
|
|
|
3276 }
|
|
|
3277 if (p_ic)
|
|
|
3278 complete_pat = str_foldcase(tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3279 else
|
|
|
3280 complete_pat = vim_strnsave(tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3281 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3282 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3283 }
|
|
|
3284 else if (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3285 {
|
|
|
3286 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
|
3287
|
|
|
3288 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
|
|
|
3289 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3290 complete_pat = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, tmp_ptr, temp) + 3);
|
|
|
3291 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3292 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3293 if (!vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)
|
|
|
3294 || (tmp_ptr > line
|
|
|
3295 && (
|
|
|
3296 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3297 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
3298 #else
|
|
|
3299 vim_iswordc(*(tmp_ptr - 1))
|
|
|
3300 #endif
|
|
|
3301 )))
|
|
|
3302 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
3303 STRCPY((char *)complete_pat, prefix);
|
|
|
3304 (void)quote_meta(complete_pat + STRLEN(prefix), tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3305 }
|
|
|
3306 else if (
|
|
|
3307 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3308 --temp < 0 || !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line,
|
|
|
3309 line + temp + 1))
|
|
|
3310 #else
|
|
|
3311 --temp < 0 || !vim_iswordc(line[temp])
|
|
|
3312 #endif
|
|
|
3313 )
|
|
|
3314 {
|
|
|
3315 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
|
|
3316 complete_pat = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
|
3317 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3318 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3319 tmp_ptr += complete_col;
|
|
|
3320 temp = 0;
|
|
|
3321 }
|
|
|
3322 else
|
|
|
3323 {
|
|
|
3324 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3325 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
|
3326 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
|
3327 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3328 {
|
|
|
3329 int base_class;
|
|
|
3330 int head_off;
|
|
|
3331
|
|
|
3332 temp -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + temp);
|
|
|
3333 base_class = mb_get_class(line + temp);
|
|
|
3334 while (--temp >= 0)
|
|
|
3335 {
|
|
|
3336 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + temp);
|
|
|
3337 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + temp - head_off))
|
|
|
3338 break;
|
|
|
3339 temp -= head_off;
|
|
|
3340 }
|
|
|
3341 }
|
|
|
3342 else
|
|
|
3343 #endif
|
|
|
3344 while (--temp >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[temp]))
|
|
|
3345 ;
|
|
|
3346 tmp_ptr += ++temp;
|
|
|
3347 if ((temp = (int)complete_col - temp) == 1)
|
|
|
3348 {
|
|
|
3349 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
|
3350 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
|
3351 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
|
3352 */
|
|
|
3353 complete_pat = alloc(7);
|
|
|
3354 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3355 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3356 STRCPY((char *)complete_pat, "\\<");
|
|
|
3357 (void)quote_meta(complete_pat + 2, tmp_ptr, 1);
|
|
|
3358 STRCAT((char *)complete_pat, "\\k");
|
|
|
3359 }
|
|
|
3360 else
|
|
|
3361 {
|
|
|
3362 complete_pat = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, tmp_ptr, temp) + 3);
|
|
|
3363 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3364 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3365 STRCPY((char *)complete_pat, "\\<");
|
|
|
3366 (void)quote_meta(complete_pat + 2, tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3367 }
|
|
|
3368 }
|
|
|
3369 }
|
|
|
3370 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3371 {
|
|
|
3372 tmp_ptr = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
3373 temp = (int)complete_col - (int)(tmp_ptr - line);
|
|
|
3374 if (temp < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
|
3375 temp = 0;
|
|
|
3376 if (p_ic)
|
|
|
3377 complete_pat = str_foldcase(tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3378 else
|
|
|
3379 complete_pat = vim_strnsave(tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3380 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3381 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3382 }
|
|
|
3383 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
3384 {
|
|
|
3385 while (--temp >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[temp]))
|
|
|
3386 ;
|
|
|
3387 tmp_ptr += ++temp;
|
|
|
3388 temp = (int)complete_col - temp;
|
|
|
3389 complete_pat = addstar(tmp_ptr, temp, EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
|
3390 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3391 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3392 }
|
|
|
3393 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3394 {
|
|
|
3395 complete_pat = vim_strnsave(line, complete_col);
|
|
|
3396 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3397 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3398 set_cmd_context(&complete_xp, complete_pat,
|
|
|
3399 (int)STRLEN(complete_pat), complete_col);
|
|
|
3400 if (complete_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
|
3401 || complete_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
|
|
3402 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3403 temp = (int)(complete_xp.xp_pattern - complete_pat);
|
|
|
3404 tmp_ptr = line + temp;
|
|
|
3405 temp = complete_col - temp;
|
|
|
3406 }
|
|
|
3407 complete_col = (colnr_T) (tmp_ptr - line);
|
|
|
3408
|
|
|
3409 if (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3410 {
|
|
|
3411 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
|
3412 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3413 {
|
|
|
3414 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
|
3415 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3416 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
3417
|
|
|
3418 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
3419 #endif
|
|
|
3420 initial_pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3421 initial_pos.col = complete_col;
|
|
|
3422 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
|
3423 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3424 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
|
3425 #endif
|
|
|
3426 tmp_ptr = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
3427 temp = 0;
|
|
|
3428 complete_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
3429 }
|
|
|
3430 }
|
|
|
3431 else
|
|
|
3432 {
|
|
|
3433 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
3434 initial_pos.col = complete_col;
|
|
|
3435 }
|
|
|
3436
|
|
|
3437 if (continue_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
3438 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[2]);
|
|
|
3439 else
|
|
|
3440 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
3441
|
|
|
3442 completion_length = temp;
|
|
|
3443
|
|
|
3444 /* Always add completion for the original text. Note that
|
|
|
3445 * "original_text" itself (not a copy) is added, it will be freed when
|
|
|
3446 * the list of matches is freed. */
|
|
|
3447 if ((original_text = vim_strnsave(tmp_ptr, temp)) == NULL
|
|
|
3448 || ins_compl_add(original_text, -1, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
|
|
|
3449 {
|
|
|
3450 vim_free(complete_pat);
|
|
|
3451 complete_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
3452 vim_free(original_text);
|
|
|
3453 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3454 }
|
|
|
3455
|
|
|
3456 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
|
3457 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
|
3458 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
|
3459 */
|
|
|
3460 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
|
3461 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3462 showmode();
|
|
|
3463 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
3464 out_flush();
|
|
|
3465 }
|
|
|
3466
|
|
|
3467 shown_match = curr_match;
|
|
|
3468 shown_direction = complete_direction;
|
|
|
3469
|
|
|
3470 /*
|
|
|
3471 * Find next match.
|
|
|
3472 */
|
|
|
3473 temp = ins_compl_next(TRUE);
|
|
|
3474
|
|
|
3475 if (temp > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
|
3476 completion_matches = temp;
|
|
|
3477 curr_match = shown_match;
|
|
|
3478 complete_direction = shown_direction;
|
|
|
3479 completion_interrupted = FALSE;
|
|
|
3480
|
|
|
3481 /* eat the ESC to avoid leaving insert mode */
|
|
|
3482 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
|
3483 {
|
|
|
3484 (void)vgetc();
|
|
|
3485 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
3486 }
|
|
|
3487
|
|
|
3488 /* we found no match if the list has only the original_text-entry */
|
|
|
3489 if (first_match == first_match->next)
|
|
|
3490 {
|
|
|
3491 edit_submode_extra = (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3492 && completion_length > 1
|
|
|
3493 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
|
3494 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
|
3495 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
|
3496 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
|
3497 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
|
3498 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3499 if ( completion_length > 1
|
|
|
3500 || (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3501 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
3502 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3503 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
|
|
3504 continue_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3505 }
|
|
|
3506
|
|
|
3507 if (curr_match->original & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
|
3508 continue_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
|
3509 else
|
|
|
3510 continue_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
|
3511
|
|
|
3512 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
3513 {
|
|
|
3514 if (curr_match->original & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
3515 {
|
|
|
3516 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
|
3517 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
|
3518 }
|
|
|
3519 else if (continue_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
|
3520 {
|
|
|
3521 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
|
3522 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3523 }
|
|
|
3524 else if (curr_match->next == curr_match->prev)
|
|
|
3525 {
|
|
|
3526 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
|
3527 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3528 }
|
|
|
3529 else
|
|
|
3530 {
|
|
|
3531 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
|
|
3532 if (curr_match->number == -1)
|
|
|
3533 {
|
|
|
3534 int number = 0;
|
|
|
3535 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
3536
|
|
|
3537 if (complete_direction == FORWARD)
|
|
|
3538 {
|
|
|
3539 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
|
3540 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
|
3541 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
|
3542 for (match = curr_match->prev; match != NULL
|
|
|
3543 && match != first_match; match = match->prev)
|
|
|
3544 if (match->number != -1)
|
|
|
3545 {
|
|
|
3546 number = match->number;
|
|
|
3547 break;
|
|
|
3548 }
|
|
|
3549 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
3550 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
|
3551 * yet */
|
|
|
3552 for (match = match->next; match
|
|
|
3553 && match->number == -1; match = match->next)
|
|
|
3554 match->number = ++number;
|
|
|
3555 }
|
|
|
3556 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
3557 {
|
|
|
3558 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
|
3559 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
|
3560 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
|
3561 for (match = curr_match->next; match != NULL
|
|
|
3562 && match != first_match; match = match->next)
|
|
|
3563 if (match->number != -1)
|
|
|
3564 {
|
|
|
3565 number = match->number;
|
|
|
3566 break;
|
|
|
3567 }
|
|
|
3568 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
3569 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
|
3570 * assigned yet */
|
|
|
3571 for (match = match->prev; match
|
|
|
3572 && match->number == -1; match = match->prev)
|
|
|
3573 match->number = ++number;
|
|
|
3574 }
|
|
|
3575 }
|
|
|
3576
|
|
|
3577 /* The match should always have a sequnce number now, this is just
|
|
|
3578 * a safety check. */
|
|
|
3579 if (curr_match->number != -1)
|
|
|
3580 {
|
|
|
3581 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s */
|
|
|
3582 static char_u match_ref[31];
|
|
|
3583
|
|
|
3584 if (completion_matches > 0)
|
|
|
3585 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d of %d"),
|
|
|
3586 curr_match->number, completion_matches);
|
|
|
3587 else
|
|
|
3588 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d"), curr_match->number);
|
|
|
3589 STRNCPY(match_ref, IObuff, 30 );
|
|
|
3590 match_ref[30] = '\0';
|
|
|
3591 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
|
3592 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
|
3593 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
3594 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
|
3595 }
|
|
|
3596 }
|
|
|
3597 }
|
|
|
3598
|
|
|
3599 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
|
3600 showmode();
|
|
|
3601 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
3602 {
|
|
|
3603 if (!p_smd)
|
|
|
3604 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
|
3605 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
|
3606 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
|
3607 }
|
|
|
3608 else
|
|
|
3609 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
3610
|
|
|
3611 return OK;
|
|
|
3612 }
|
|
|
3613
|
|
|
3614 /*
|
|
|
3615 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
|
3616 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
|
3617 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
|
3618 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
|
3619 */
|
|
|
3620 static int
|
|
|
3621 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
|
3622 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
3623 char_u *src;
|
|
|
3624 int len;
|
|
|
3625 {
|
|
|
3626 int m;
|
|
|
3627
|
|
|
3628 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
|
3629 {
|
|
|
3630 switch (*src)
|
|
|
3631 {
|
|
|
3632 case '.':
|
|
|
3633 case '*':
|
|
|
3634 case '[':
|
|
|
3635 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
3636 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
3637 break;
|
|
|
3638 case '~':
|
|
|
3639 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
|
3640 break;
|
|
|
3641 case '\\':
|
|
|
3642 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
3643 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
3644 break;
|
|
|
3645 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
|
3646 case '$':
|
|
|
3647 m++;
|
|
|
3648 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3649 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
|
3650 break;
|
|
|
3651 }
|
|
|
3652 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3653 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
3654 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3655 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
|
3656 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3657 {
|
|
|
3658 int i, mb_len;
|
|
|
3659
|
|
|
3660 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(src) - 1;
|
|
|
3661 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
|
3662 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
|
3663 {
|
|
|
3664 --len;
|
|
|
3665 ++src;
|
|
|
3666 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3667 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
3668 }
|
|
|
3669 }
|
|
|
3670 #endif
|
|
|
3671 }
|
|
|
3672 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3673 *dest = NUL;
|
|
|
3674
|
|
|
3675 return m;
|
|
|
3676 }
|
|
|
3677 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
3678
|
|
|
3679 /*
|
|
|
3680 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
|
3681 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
|
3682 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
|
3683 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
|
3684 */
|
|
|
3685 int
|
|
|
3686 get_literal()
|
|
|
3687 {
|
|
|
3688 int cc;
|
|
|
3689 int nc;
|
|
|
3690 int i;
|
|
|
3691 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
|
3692 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
|
3693 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3694 int unicode = 0;
|
|
|
3695 #endif
|
|
|
3696
|
|
|
3697 if (got_int)
|
|
|
3698 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
|
3699
|
|
|
3700 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3701 /*
|
|
|
3702 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
|
3703 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
|
3704 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
|
3705 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
|
3706 */
|
|
|
3707 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
3708 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
3709 #endif
|
|
|
3710 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
3711 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
3712 #endif
|
|
|
3713 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
3714 cc = 0;
|
|
|
3715 i = 0;
|
|
|
3716 for (;;)
|
|
|
3717 {
|
|
|
3718 do
|
|
|
3719 nc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
3720 while (nc == K_IGNORE || nc == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
3721 || nc == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR);
|
|
|
3722 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
3723 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3724 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3725 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
|
3726 # endif
|
|
|
3727 )
|
|
|
3728 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
|
3729 #endif
|
|
|
3730 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
|
3731 hex = TRUE;
|
|
|
3732 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
|
3733 octal = TRUE;
|
|
|
3734 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3735 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
|
3736 unicode = nc;
|
|
|
3737 #endif
|
|
|
3738 else
|
|
|
3739 {
|
|
|
3740 if (hex
|
|
|
3741 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3742 || unicode != 0
|
|
|
3743 #endif
|
|
|
3744 )
|
|
|
3745 {
|
|
|
3746 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
|
3747 break;
|
|
|
3748 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
|
3749 }
|
|
|
3750 else if (octal)
|
|
|
3751 {
|
|
|
3752 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
|
3753 break;
|
|
|
3754 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
3755 }
|
|
|
3756 else
|
|
|
3757 {
|
|
|
3758 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
|
3759 break;
|
|
|
3760 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
3761 }
|
|
|
3762
|
|
|
3763 ++i;
|
|
|
3764 }
|
|
|
3765
|
|
|
3766 if (cc > 255
|
|
|
3767 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3768 && unicode == 0
|
|
|
3769 #endif
|
|
|
3770 )
|
|
|
3771 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
|
3772 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3773
|
|
|
3774 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
|
3775 {
|
|
|
3776 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
3777 break;
|
|
|
3778 }
|
|
|
3779 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3780 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
|
3781 {
|
|
|
3782 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
|
3783 break;
|
|
|
3784 }
|
|
|
3785 #endif
|
|
|
3786 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
|
3787 break;
|
|
|
3788 }
|
|
|
3789 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
|
3790 {
|
|
|
3791 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
3792 {
|
|
|
3793 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
3794 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3795 }
|
|
|
3796 else
|
|
|
3797 {
|
|
|
3798 cc = nc;
|
|
|
3799 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3800 }
|
|
|
3801 }
|
|
|
3802
|
|
|
3803 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
3804 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
3805
|
|
|
3806 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3807 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3808 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
3809 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
3810 #endif
|
|
|
3811 if (nc)
|
|
|
3812 vungetc(nc);
|
|
|
3813 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
|
3814 return cc;
|
|
|
3815 }
|
|
|
3816
|
|
|
3817 /*
|
|
|
3818 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
|
3819 */
|
|
|
3820 static void
|
|
|
3821 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
|
3822 int c;
|
|
|
3823 int allow_modmask;
|
|
|
3824 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
|
3825 {
|
|
|
3826 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3827 int len;
|
|
|
3828
|
|
|
3829 /*
|
|
|
3830 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
|
3831 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
|
3832 * mode.
|
|
|
3833 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
|
3834 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
|
3835 */
|
|
|
3836 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
3837 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
|
3838 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
|
3839 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
|
3840 #endif
|
|
|
3841 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
|
3842 {
|
|
|
3843 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
|
3844 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
3845 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
|
3846 if (len > 2)
|
|
|
3847 {
|
|
|
3848 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
3849 return;
|
|
|
3850 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
3851 ins_str(p);
|
|
|
3852 AppendToRedobuffLit(p);
|
|
|
3853 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
|
3854 }
|
|
|
3855 }
|
|
|
3856 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
3857 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
|
3858 }
|
|
|
3859
|
|
|
3860 /*
|
|
|
3861 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
|
3862 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
|
3863 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
|
3864 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
|
3865 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
|
3866 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
|
3867 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
|
3868 */
|
|
|
3869 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
3870 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
3871 #else
|
|
|
3872 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
3873 #endif
|
|
|
3874
|
|
|
3875 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3876 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
|
3877 #else
|
|
|
3878 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
|
3879 #endif
|
|
|
3880
|
|
|
3881 void
|
|
|
3882 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
|
3883 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
|
3884 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
|
3885 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
|
3886 {
|
|
|
3887 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
3888 int textwidth;
|
|
|
3889 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3890 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
|
3891 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3892 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
|
3893 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
|
3894 #endif
|
|
|
3895 int fo_white_par;
|
|
|
3896 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
3897 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
|
3898 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3899 int fo_multibyte;
|
|
|
3900 #endif
|
|
|
3901 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
|
3902 int cc;
|
|
|
3903
|
|
|
3904 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
|
3905 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
3906 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3907 fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
|
3908 #endif
|
|
|
3909 fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
|
3910
|
|
|
3911 /*
|
|
|
3912 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
|
3913 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
|
3914 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
|
3915 * ends in white space.
|
|
|
3916 * - Otherwise:
|
|
|
3917 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
|
3918 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
|
3919 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
3920 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
|
3921 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
|
3922 * before the insert.
|
|
|
3923 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
|
3924 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
|
3925 */
|
|
|
3926 if (textwidth
|
|
|
3927 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
3928 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
|
3929 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
3930 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
3931 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
3932 #endif
|
|
|
3933 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
3934 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
3935 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
|
3936 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
3937 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
|
3938 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
|
3939 ))))))
|
|
|
3940 {
|
|
|
3941 /*
|
|
|
3942 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
|
3943 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
|
3944 */
|
|
|
3945 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
3946 {
|
|
|
3947 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
3948 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
3949 {
|
|
|
3950 save_char = cc;
|
|
|
3951 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
|
3952 }
|
|
|
3953 }
|
|
|
3954
|
|
|
3955 /*
|
|
|
3956 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
|
3957 */
|
|
|
3958 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
3959 {
|
|
|
3960 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
|
3961 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
|
3962 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
|
3963 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
|
3964 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
3965 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
|
3966 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
3967 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
|
3968 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
|
3969 #endif
|
|
|
3970 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
3971
|
|
|
3972 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
3973 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
3974 break;
|
|
|
3975
|
|
|
3976 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3977 if (no_leader)
|
|
|
3978 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
|
3979 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
3980 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
|
3981 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
|
3982
|
|
|
3983 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
3984 if (do_comments)
|
|
|
3985 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
3986 else
|
|
|
3987 leader_len = 0;
|
|
|
3988
|
|
|
3989 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
|
3990 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
|
3991 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
|
3992 * to start with %. */
|
|
|
3993 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
|
3994 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
|
3995 #endif
|
|
|
3996 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
3997 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3998 && leader_len == 0
|
|
|
3999 #endif
|
|
|
4000 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
|
4001
|
|
|
4002 {
|
|
|
4003 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
4004 break;
|
|
|
4005 }
|
|
|
4006 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
|
4007 break;
|
|
|
4008
|
|
|
4009 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
|
4010 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
|
4011 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4012
|
|
|
4013 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
|
|
|
4014 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4015 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4016 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4017 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
4018 #endif
|
|
|
4019 foundcol = 0;
|
|
|
4020
|
|
|
4021 /*
|
|
|
4022 * Find position to break at.
|
|
|
4023 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
|
4024 */
|
|
|
4025 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
|
4026 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4027 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
4028 {
|
|
|
4029 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4030 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4031 {
|
|
|
4032 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
|
4033 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4034
|
|
|
4035 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
|
4036 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4037 {
|
|
|
4038 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4039 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4040 }
|
|
|
4041 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4042 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
|
4043 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4044 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4045 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
|
4046 break;
|
|
|
4047 #endif
|
|
|
4048 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
4049 {
|
|
|
4050 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
|
4051 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4052 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
|
4053
|
|
|
4054 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4055 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4056 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4057
|
|
|
4058 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4059 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
|
4060 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
4061 }
|
|
|
4062 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4063 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4064 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
4065 + (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
4066 else
|
|
|
4067 #endif
|
|
|
4068 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
|
4069 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4070 break;
|
|
|
4071 }
|
|
|
4072 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4073 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
|
|
|
4074 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4075 {
|
|
|
4076 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4077 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4078 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4079 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
|
|
|
4080 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
|
4081 break;
|
|
|
4082 }
|
|
|
4083 #endif
|
|
|
4084 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4085 break;
|
|
|
4086 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4087 }
|
|
|
4088
|
|
|
4089 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
|
4090 {
|
|
|
4091 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
|
4092 break;
|
|
|
4093 }
|
|
|
4094
|
|
|
4095 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
|
4096 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
4097
|
|
|
4098 /*
|
|
|
4099 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
|
4100 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
|
4101 * over the text instead.
|
|
|
4102 */
|
|
|
4103 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4104 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4105 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
|
4106 else
|
|
|
4107 #endif
|
|
|
4108 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
|
|
|
4109
|
|
|
4110 /*
|
|
|
4111 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
|
4112 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
|
4113 */
|
|
|
4114 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4115 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4116 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4117 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4118 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
|
4119 startcol = 0;
|
|
|
4120
|
|
|
4121 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4122 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4123 {
|
|
|
4124 /*
|
|
|
4125 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
|
4126 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
|
4127 */
|
|
|
4128 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
4129 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
4130 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
|
4131 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
|
4132 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
|
4133
|
|
|
4134 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
|
4135 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4136 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
|
4137 }
|
|
|
4138 else
|
|
|
4139 #endif
|
|
|
4140 {
|
|
|
4141 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
|
4142 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4143 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4144 }
|
|
|
4145
|
|
|
4146 /*
|
|
|
4147 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
|
4148 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
|
4149 */
|
|
|
4150 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
|
4151 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
|
4152 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4153 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
|
4154 #endif
|
|
|
4155 , old_indent);
|
|
|
4156 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
4157
|
|
|
4158 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
4159 if (first_line)
|
|
|
4160 {
|
|
|
4161 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
|
4162 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
|
4163 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
|
4164 {
|
|
|
4165 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4166 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4167 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
4168 else
|
|
|
4169 #endif
|
|
|
4170 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
4171 }
|
|
|
4172 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
|
4173 }
|
|
|
4174
|
|
|
4175 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4176 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4177 {
|
|
|
4178 /*
|
|
|
4179 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
|
4180 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
|
4181 */
|
|
|
4182 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
|
4183 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
|
4184 }
|
|
|
4185 else
|
|
|
4186 #endif
|
|
|
4187 {
|
|
|
4188 /*
|
|
|
4189 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
|
4190 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
|
4191 */
|
|
|
4192 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
|
4193 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4194 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
|
4195 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
4196 }
|
|
|
4197
|
|
|
4198 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
4199 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4200 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
4201 #endif
|
|
|
4202 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
|
4203 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4204 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4205 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4206 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4207 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4208 #endif
|
|
|
4209 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
4210 }
|
|
|
4211
|
|
|
4212 if (save_char) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
|
4213 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
|
4214
|
|
|
4215 if (c == NUL) /* formatting only */
|
|
|
4216 return;
|
|
|
4217 if (haveto_redraw)
|
|
|
4218 {
|
|
|
4219 update_topline();
|
|
|
4220 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
|
4221 }
|
|
|
4222 }
|
|
|
4223 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
|
4224 return;
|
|
|
4225
|
|
|
4226 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4227 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
|
4228 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4229 {
|
|
|
4230 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4231 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
4232 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
|
4233 int i;
|
|
|
4234
|
|
|
4235 /*
|
|
|
4236 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
|
4237 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
|
4238 */
|
|
|
4239 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
|
4240 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
|
4241 {
|
|
|
4242 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
|
4243 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
4244 ++p;
|
|
|
4245 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4246 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
|
4247 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
|
4248 --middle_len;
|
|
|
4249
|
|
|
4250 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
|
4251 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
4252 ++p;
|
|
|
4253 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4254
|
|
|
4255 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
|
4256 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4257 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
4258 ;
|
|
|
4259 i++;
|
|
|
4260
|
|
|
4261 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
|
4262 i -= middle_len;
|
|
|
4263
|
|
|
4264 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
|
4265 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4266 {
|
|
|
4267 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
|
4268 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
4269
|
|
|
4270 /*
|
|
|
4271 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
|
4272 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
|
4273 */
|
|
|
4274 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
|
4275 }
|
|
|
4276 }
|
|
|
4277 }
|
|
|
4278 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
4279 #endif
|
|
|
4280
|
|
|
4281 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4282 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4283 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4284 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4285 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4286 #endif
|
|
|
4287
|
|
|
4288 /*
|
|
|
4289 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
|
4290 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
|
4291 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
|
4292 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
|
4293 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
|
4294 */
|
|
|
4295 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4296 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4297 #endif
|
|
|
4298
|
|
|
4299 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4300 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4301 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4302 #endif
|
|
|
4303 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
|
4304 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4305 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4306 && !cindent_on()
|
|
|
4307 #endif
|
|
|
4308 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4309 && !p_ri
|
|
|
4310 #endif
|
|
|
4311 )
|
|
|
4312 {
|
|
|
4313 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
|
4314 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
|
4315 int i;
|
|
|
4316 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
|
4317
|
|
|
4318 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
4319 i = 1;
|
|
|
4320 if (textwidth)
|
|
|
4321 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4322 /*
|
|
|
4323 * Stop the string when:
|
|
|
4324 * - no more chars available
|
|
|
4325 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
|
4326 * - buffer is full
|
|
|
4327 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
|
4328 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
|
4329 */
|
|
|
4330 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
|
4331 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4332 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4333 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4334 #endif
|
|
|
4335 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
|
4336 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
|
4337 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4338 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
|
4339 {
|
|
|
4340 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4341 c = vgetc();
|
|
|
4342 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4343 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
4344 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
4345 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4346 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
4347 # endif
|
|
|
4348 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
|
4349 #else
|
|
|
4350 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
|
4351 #endif
|
|
|
4352 }
|
|
|
4353
|
|
|
4354 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
4355 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
4356 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
|
4357 #endif
|
|
|
4358 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
4359 ins_str(buf);
|
|
|
4360 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4361 {
|
|
|
4362 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
|
4363 i = 1;
|
|
|
4364 }
|
|
|
4365 else
|
|
|
4366 i = 0;
|
|
|
4367 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
|
|
4368 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i);
|
|
|
4369 }
|
|
|
4370 else
|
|
|
4371 {
|
|
|
4372 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4373 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
4374 {
|
|
|
4375 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
4376
|
|
|
4377 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
4378 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
4379 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
4380 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4381 }
|
|
|
4382 else
|
|
|
4383 #endif
|
|
|
4384 {
|
|
|
4385 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
4386 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4387 redo_literal(c);
|
|
|
4388 else
|
|
|
4389 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4390 }
|
|
|
4391 }
|
|
|
4392 }
|
|
|
4393
|
|
|
4394 /*
|
|
|
4395 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
|
4396 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
|
4397 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
|
4398 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
|
4399 * saved here.
|
|
|
4400 */
|
|
|
4401 void
|
|
|
4402 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
|
4403 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
|
4404 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
|
4405 {
|
|
|
4406 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4407 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4408 char_u *old;
|
|
|
4409 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
|
4410 int wasatend;
|
|
|
4411
|
|
|
4412 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
|
4413 return;
|
|
|
4414
|
|
|
4415 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4416 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4417
|
|
|
4418 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
4419 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
4420
|
|
|
4421 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
|
4422 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
|
4423 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
|
4424 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
|
4425 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
|
4426 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
|
|
|
4427 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
|
4428 {
|
|
|
4429 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4430 if (!WHITECHAR(gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
4431 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
4432 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
4433 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4434 if (WHITECHAR(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
4435 {
|
|
|
4436 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4437 return;
|
|
|
4438 }
|
|
|
4439 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4440 }
|
|
|
4441
|
|
|
4442 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4443 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
|
4444 * comments. */
|
|
|
4445 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
|
4446 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
|
4447 return;
|
|
|
4448 #endif
|
|
|
4449
|
|
|
4450 /*
|
|
|
4451 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
|
4452 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
|
4453 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
|
4454 */
|
|
|
4455 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
4456 {
|
|
|
4457 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4458 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4459 return;
|
|
|
4460 }
|
|
|
4461
|
|
|
4462 /*
|
|
|
4463 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
|
4464 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
|
4465 */
|
|
|
4466 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4467 format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
|
|
|
4468 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
|
4469 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
4470
|
|
|
4471 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
4472 {
|
|
|
4473 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
|
4474 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
4475 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
4476 }
|
|
|
4477 else
|
|
|
4478 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
4479
|
|
|
4480 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
|
4481 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
|
4482 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
|
4483 * formatted. */
|
|
|
4484 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
4485 {
|
|
|
4486 new = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4487 len = STRLEN(new);
|
|
|
4488 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
|
4489 {
|
|
|
4490 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
|
4491 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
|
4492 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
4493 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
|
4494 /* remove the space later */
|
|
|
4495 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
4496 }
|
|
|
4497 else
|
|
|
4498 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
4499 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
4500 }
|
|
|
4501
|
|
|
4502 check_cursor();
|
|
|
4503 }
|
|
|
4504
|
|
|
4505 /*
|
|
|
4506 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
|
4507 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
|
4508 * position.
|
|
|
4509 */
|
|
|
4510 static void
|
|
|
4511 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
|
4512 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
|
4513 {
|
|
|
4514 int c = ' ';
|
|
|
4515
|
|
|
4516 if (did_add_space)
|
|
|
4517 {
|
|
|
4518 if (!WHITECHAR(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
4519 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
|
4520 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
4521 else
|
|
|
4522 {
|
|
|
4523 if (!end_insert)
|
|
|
4524 {
|
|
|
4525 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4526 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4527 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4528 }
|
|
|
4529 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
4530 {
|
|
|
4531 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
|
4532 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
4533 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
4534 }
|
|
|
4535 }
|
|
|
4536 }
|
|
|
4537 }
|
|
|
4538
|
|
|
4539 /*
|
|
|
4540 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
|
4541 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
|
4542 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
|
4543 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
|
4544 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
|
4545 */
|
|
|
4546 int
|
|
|
4547 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
|
4548 int ff; /* force formatting (for "Q" command) */
|
|
|
4549 {
|
|
|
4550 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4551
|
|
|
4552 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
4553 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
|
4554 {
|
|
|
4555 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
|
4556 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
|
4557 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
|
4558 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
4559 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
4560 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
4561 #endif
|
|
|
4562 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4563 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
|
4564 #endif
|
|
|
4565 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
|
4566 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
|
4567 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
4568 || usingNetbeans
|
|
|
4569 # endif
|
|
|
4570 )
|
|
|
4571 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
4572 #endif
|
|
|
4573 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
|
4574 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
|
4575 }
|
|
|
4576 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
|
4577 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
4578 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
|
4579 {
|
|
|
4580 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
|
4581 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
|
4582 textwidth = 79;
|
|
|
4583 }
|
|
|
4584 return textwidth;
|
|
|
4585 }
|
|
|
4586
|
|
|
4587 /*
|
|
|
4588 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
|
4589 */
|
|
|
4590 static void
|
|
|
4591 redo_literal(c)
|
|
|
4592 int c;
|
|
|
4593 {
|
|
|
4594 char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
4595
|
|
|
4596 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
|
4597 * three digits. */
|
|
|
4598 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
4599 {
|
|
|
4600 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
|
|
|
4601 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
|
4602 }
|
|
|
4603 else
|
|
|
4604 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4605 }
|
|
|
4606
|
|
|
4607 /*
|
|
|
4608 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
|
|
4609 * It resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
|
|
4610 */
|
|
|
4611 static void
|
|
|
4612 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
|
|
4613 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
4614 {
|
|
|
4615 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
|
4616 {
|
|
|
4617 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
|
4618 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
|
4619 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
|
4620 }
|
|
|
4621 }
|
|
|
4622
|
|
|
4623 /*
|
|
|
4624 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
|
4625 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
|
4626 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
|
4627 */
|
|
|
4628 int
|
|
|
4629 stop_arrow()
|
|
|
4630 {
|
|
|
4631 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
4632 {
|
|
|
4633 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
4634 {
|
|
|
4635 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
4636 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
4637 }
|
|
|
4638 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
|
4639 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4640 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
4641 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4642 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4643 {
|
|
|
4644 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
4645 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
4646 }
|
|
|
4647 #endif
|
|
|
4648 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
4649 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
|
|
4650 }
|
|
|
4651 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
|
4652 {
|
|
|
4653 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
4654 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
4655 }
|
|
|
4656
|
|
|
4657 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4658 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
|
4659 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
4660 #endif
|
|
|
4661
|
|
|
4662 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
|
4663 }
|
|
|
4664
|
|
|
4665 /*
|
|
|
4666 * do a few things to stop inserting
|
|
|
4667 */
|
|
|
4668 static void
|
|
|
4669 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
|
|
4670 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* where insert ended */
|
|
|
4671 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
|
|
4672 {
|
|
|
4673 int cc;
|
|
|
4674
|
|
|
4675 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
|
4676 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
|
4677
|
|
|
4678 /*
|
|
|
4679 * save the inserted text for later redo with ^@
|
|
|
4680 */
|
|
|
4681 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
4682 last_insert = get_inserted();
|
|
|
4683 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
|
4684
|
|
|
4685 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
4686 {
|
|
|
4687 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
|
4688 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
|
4689 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
|
4690 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
|
10
|
4691 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
7
|
4692 {
|
|
10
|
4693 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4694
|
|
7
|
4695 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
|
4696 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
|
4697 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
|
4698 cc = 'x';
|
|
|
4699 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
4700 {
|
|
|
4701 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4702 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4703 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
10
|
4704 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
7
|
4705 }
|
|
|
4706
|
|
|
4707 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4708
|
|
10
|
4709 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4710 {
|
|
|
4711 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
4712 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4713 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
4714 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
|
4715 * the "coladd". */
|
|
|
4716 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
4717 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
|
4718 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
|
4719 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
|
4720 #endif
|
|
|
4721 }
|
|
7
|
4722 }
|
|
|
4723
|
|
|
4724 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
|
4725 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
|
4726
|
|
|
4727 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
|
10
|
4728 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
|
4729 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
|
|
|
4730 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
|
4731 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
|
|
7
|
4732 {
|
|
10
|
4733 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4734
|
|
|
4735 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
7
|
4736 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
4737 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4738 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4739 (void)del_char(TRUE);
|
|
10
|
4740 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
|
4741 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
|
4742 else if (cc != NUL)
|
|
7
|
4743 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
|
4744
|
|
|
4745 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
4746 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
|
4747 * deleted characters. */
|
|
|
4748 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
4749 {
|
|
|
4750 cc = STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4751 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
|
|
|
4752 {
|
|
|
4753 VIsual.col = cc;
|
|
|
4754 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
4755 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
4756 # endif
|
|
|
4757 }
|
|
|
4758 }
|
|
|
4759 #endif
|
|
|
4760 }
|
|
|
4761 }
|
|
|
4762 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4763 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4764 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4765 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4766 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4767 #endif
|
|
|
4768
|
|
|
4769 /* set '[ and '] to the inserted text */
|
|
|
4770 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
|
4771 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
4772 }
|
|
|
4773
|
|
|
4774 /*
|
|
|
4775 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
|
4776 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
|
4777 */
|
|
|
4778 void
|
|
|
4779 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
|
4780 int c;
|
|
|
4781 {
|
|
|
4782 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4783
|
|
|
4784 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
4785 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4786 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
|
4787 #else
|
|
|
4788 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
|
4789 #endif
|
|
|
4790 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
|
4791 {
|
|
|
4792 s = last_insert;
|
|
|
4793 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
|
4794 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
|
4795 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
|
4796 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
|
4797 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
|
4798 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
|
4799 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
4800 }
|
|
|
4801 }
|
|
|
4802
|
|
|
4803 /*
|
|
|
4804 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
4805 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
4806 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
|
4807 */
|
|
|
4808 char_u *
|
|
|
4809 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
|
4810 int c;
|
|
|
4811 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4812 {
|
|
|
4813 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4814 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
4815 int i;
|
|
|
4816 int len;
|
|
|
4817
|
|
|
4818 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
|
4819 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
4820 {
|
|
|
4821 c = temp[i];
|
|
|
4822 #endif
|
|
|
4823 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
|
4824 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
4825 {
|
|
|
4826 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
4827 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
4828 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
|
4829 }
|
|
|
4830 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4831 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
|
4832 {
|
|
|
4833 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
|
4834 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
4835 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
4836 }
|
|
|
4837 #endif
|
|
|
4838 else
|
|
|
4839 *s++ = c;
|
|
|
4840 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4841 }
|
|
|
4842 #endif
|
|
|
4843 return s;
|
|
|
4844 }
|
|
|
4845
|
|
|
4846 /*
|
|
|
4847 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
|
4848 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
|
4849 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
|
4850 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
|
4851 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
|
4852 */
|
|
|
4853 void
|
|
|
4854 beginline(flags)
|
|
|
4855 int flags;
|
|
|
4856 {
|
|
|
4857 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
|
4858 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
4859 else
|
|
|
4860 {
|
|
|
4861 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
4862 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
4863 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
4864 #endif
|
|
|
4865
|
|
|
4866 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
|
4867 {
|
|
|
4868 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
4869
|
|
|
4870 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
|
4871 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
|
4872 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4873 }
|
|
|
4874 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
4875 }
|
|
|
4876 }
|
|
|
4877
|
|
|
4878 /*
|
|
|
4879 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
|
4880 *
|
|
|
4881 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
|
4882 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line.
|
|
|
4883 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
|
4884 */
|
|
|
4885
|
|
|
4886 int
|
|
|
4887 oneright()
|
|
|
4888 {
|
|
|
4889 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
4890 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4891 int l;
|
|
|
4892 #endif
|
|
|
4893
|
|
|
4894 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
4895 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
4896 {
|
|
|
4897 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4898
|
|
|
4899 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
|
4900 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
4901 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
4902 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4903 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
4904 #else
|
|
|
4905 *ptr
|
|
|
4906 #endif
|
|
|
4907 ))
|
|
|
4908 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
|
4909 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
4910 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
|
4911 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
4912 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
4913 }
|
|
|
4914 #endif
|
|
|
4915
|
|
|
4916 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
4917 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4918 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr)) > 1)
|
|
|
4919 {
|
|
|
4920 /* The character under the cursor is a multi-byte character, move
|
|
|
4921 * several bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL. */
|
|
|
4922 if (ptr[l] == NUL)
|
|
|
4923 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4924 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
|
4925 }
|
|
|
4926 else
|
|
|
4927 #endif
|
|
|
4928 {
|
|
|
4929 if (*ptr++ == NUL || *ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
4930 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4931 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4932 }
|
|
|
4933
|
|
|
4934 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
4935 return OK;
|
|
|
4936 }
|
|
|
4937
|
|
|
4938 int
|
|
|
4939 oneleft()
|
|
|
4940 {
|
|
|
4941 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
4942 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
4943 {
|
|
|
4944 int width;
|
|
|
4945 int v = getviscol();
|
|
|
4946
|
|
|
4947 if (v == 0)
|
|
|
4948 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4949
|
|
|
4950 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
4951 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
|
4952 width = 1;
|
|
|
4953 for (;;)
|
|
|
4954 {
|
|
|
4955 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
|
4956 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
|
4957 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
4958 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
|
4959 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4960 && !has_mbyte
|
|
|
4961 # endif
|
|
|
4962 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
|
4963 break;
|
|
|
4964 ++width;
|
|
|
4965 }
|
|
|
4966 # else
|
|
|
4967 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
|
4968 # endif
|
|
|
4969
|
|
|
4970 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
|
4971 {
|
|
|
4972 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
4973
|
|
|
4974 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
|
4975 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
4976 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
4977 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4978 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
4979 # else
|
|
|
4980 *ptr
|
|
|
4981 # endif
|
|
|
4982 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
|
4983 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
4984 }
|
|
|
4985
|
|
|
4986 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
4987 return OK;
|
|
|
4988 }
|
|
|
4989 #endif
|
|
|
4990
|
|
|
4991 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4992 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4993
|
|
|
4994 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
4995 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4996
|
|
|
4997 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4998 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
|
4999 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
|
5000 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5001 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
5002 #endif
|
|
|
5003 return OK;
|
|
|
5004 }
|
|
|
5005
|
|
|
5006 int
|
|
|
5007 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5008 long n;
|
|
|
5009 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5010 {
|
|
|
5011 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5012
|
|
|
5013 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5014 {
|
|
|
5015 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5016 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
|
5017 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5018 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
|
5019 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5020 else
|
|
|
5021 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5022 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5023 {
|
|
|
5024 /*
|
|
|
5025 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
|
5026 */
|
|
|
5027 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
|
5028 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5029
|
|
|
5030 while (n--)
|
|
|
5031 {
|
|
|
5032 /* move up one line */
|
|
|
5033 --lnum;
|
|
|
5034 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
|
5035 break;
|
|
|
5036 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
|
5037 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
|
5038 * in a moment. */
|
|
|
5039 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
|
5040 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5041 }
|
|
|
5042 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
|
5043 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5044 }
|
|
|
5045 else
|
|
|
5046 #endif
|
|
|
5047 lnum -= n;
|
|
|
5048 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5049 }
|
|
|
5050
|
|
|
5051 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5052 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5053
|
|
|
5054 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5055 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5056
|
|
|
5057 return OK;
|
|
|
5058 }
|
|
|
5059
|
|
|
5060 /*
|
|
|
5061 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
|
5062 */
|
|
|
5063 int
|
|
|
5064 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5065 long n;
|
|
|
5066 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5067 {
|
|
|
5068 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5069
|
|
|
5070 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5071 {
|
|
|
5072 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5073 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5074 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
|
5075 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
|
5076 #endif
|
|
|
5077 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5078 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5079 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5080 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5081 else
|
|
|
5082 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5083 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5084 {
|
|
|
5085 linenr_T last;
|
|
|
5086
|
|
|
5087 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
|
5088 while (n--)
|
|
|
5089 {
|
|
|
5090 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
|
5091 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
|
5092 else
|
|
|
5093 ++lnum;
|
|
|
5094 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5095 break;
|
|
|
5096 }
|
|
|
5097 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5098 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5099 }
|
|
|
5100 else
|
|
|
5101 #endif
|
|
|
5102 lnum += n;
|
|
|
5103 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5104 }
|
|
|
5105
|
|
|
5106 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5107 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5108
|
|
|
5109 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5110 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5111
|
|
|
5112 return OK;
|
|
|
5113 }
|
|
|
5114
|
|
|
5115 /*
|
|
|
5116 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
|
5117 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
|
5118 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
|
5119 */
|
|
|
5120 int
|
|
|
5121 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
|
5122 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
|
5123 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
|
5124 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
|
5125 {
|
|
|
5126 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
|
5127 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5128 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5129 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
|
5130
|
|
|
5131 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
|
5132 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
5133 {
|
|
|
5134 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
|
5135 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5136 }
|
|
|
5137
|
|
|
5138 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
|
5139 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
5140 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
5141 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5142 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
|
5143
|
|
|
5144 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
|
5145 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
|
5146 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
|
5147 */
|
|
|
5148 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
|
5149 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
|
5150 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
|
5151 {
|
|
|
5152 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5153 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
|
5154 }
|
|
|
5155
|
|
|
5156 do
|
|
|
5157 {
|
|
|
5158 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
|
5159 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
|
5160 if (last)
|
|
|
5161 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
|
5162 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
|
5163 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
|
5164 }
|
|
|
5165 while (--count > 0);
|
|
|
5166
|
|
|
5167 if (last)
|
|
|
5168 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
|
5169
|
|
|
5170 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
5171 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
|
5172
|
|
|
5173 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
|
5174 if (!no_esc)
|
|
|
5175 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
|
5176
|
|
|
5177 return OK;
|
|
|
5178 }
|
|
|
5179
|
|
|
5180 char_u *
|
|
|
5181 get_last_insert()
|
|
|
5182 {
|
|
|
5183 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5184 return NULL;
|
|
|
5185 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
|
5186 }
|
|
|
5187
|
|
|
5188 /*
|
|
|
5189 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
|
5190 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
|
5191 */
|
|
|
5192 char_u *
|
|
|
5193 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
|
5194 {
|
|
|
5195 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5196 int len;
|
|
|
5197
|
|
|
5198 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5199 return NULL;
|
|
|
5200 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
|
5201 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
5202 {
|
|
|
5203 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
5204 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
|
5205 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5206 }
|
|
|
5207 return s;
|
|
|
5208 }
|
|
|
5209
|
|
|
5210 /*
|
|
|
5211 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
|
5212 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
|
5213 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
|
5214 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
|
5215 */
|
|
|
5216 static int
|
|
|
5217 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
|
5218 int c;
|
|
|
5219 {
|
|
|
5220 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
|
5221 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
|
5222 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
|
5223 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5224
|
|
|
5225 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
5226 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
|
5227 }
|
|
|
5228
|
|
|
5229 /*
|
|
|
5230 * replace-stack functions
|
|
|
5231 *
|
|
|
5232 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
|
5233 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
|
5234 *
|
|
|
5235 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
|
5236 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
|
5237 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
|
5238 *
|
|
|
5239 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
|
5240 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
|
5241 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
|
5242 *
|
|
|
5243 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
|
5244 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
|
5245 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
|
5246 */
|
|
|
5247
|
|
|
5248 char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5249 long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
|
5250 long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
|
|
5251
|
|
|
5252 void
|
|
|
5253 replace_push(c)
|
|
|
5254 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
|
5255 {
|
|
|
5256 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5257
|
|
|
5258 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
5259 return;
|
|
|
5260 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
|
5261 {
|
|
|
5262 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
|
5263 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
|
5264 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
5265 {
|
|
|
5266 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
|
5267 return;
|
|
|
5268 }
|
|
|
5269 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
|
5270 {
|
|
|
5271 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
|
5272 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5273 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
5274 }
|
|
|
5275 replace_stack = p;
|
|
|
5276 }
|
|
|
5277 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
|
5278 if (replace_offset)
|
|
|
5279 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5280 *p = c;
|
|
|
5281 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5282 }
|
|
|
5283
|
|
|
5284 /*
|
|
|
5285 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
|
5286 */
|
|
|
5287 static void
|
|
|
5288 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
|
5289 int c;
|
|
|
5290 {
|
|
|
5291 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5292
|
|
|
5293 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5294 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5295 ++replace_offset)
|
|
|
5296 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
|
5297 break;
|
|
|
5298 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
5299 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
5300 }
|
|
|
5301
|
|
|
5302 /*
|
|
|
5303 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
|
5304 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
|
5305 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
|
5306 */
|
|
|
5307 static int
|
|
|
5308 replace_pop()
|
|
|
5309 {
|
|
|
5310 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
|
5311 return -1;
|
|
|
5312 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
|
5313 }
|
|
|
5314
|
|
|
5315 /*
|
|
|
5316 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
|
5317 * encountered.
|
|
|
5318 */
|
|
|
5319 static void
|
|
|
5320 replace_join(off)
|
|
|
5321 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
|
5322 {
|
|
|
5323 int i;
|
|
|
5324
|
|
|
5325 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5326 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
|
5327 {
|
|
|
5328 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5329 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
|
5330 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
|
5331 return;
|
|
|
5332 }
|
|
|
5333 }
|
|
|
5334
|
|
|
5335 /*
|
|
|
5336 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
|
5337 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
5338 */
|
|
|
5339 static void
|
|
|
5340 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
|
5341 {
|
|
|
5342 int cc;
|
|
|
5343 int oldState = State;
|
|
|
5344
|
|
|
5345 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
|
5346 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
|
5347 {
|
|
|
5348 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5349 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
5350 #else
|
|
|
5351 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
5352 #endif
|
|
|
5353 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5354 }
|
|
|
5355 State = oldState;
|
|
|
5356 }
|
|
|
5357
|
|
|
5358 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5359 /*
|
|
|
5360 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
|
5361 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
|
5362 */
|
|
|
5363 static void
|
|
|
5364 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
|
5365 int cc;
|
|
|
5366 {
|
|
|
5367 int n;
|
|
|
5368 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
5369 int i;
|
|
|
5370 int c;
|
|
|
5371
|
|
|
5372 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
|
5373 {
|
|
|
5374 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
|
5375 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
5376 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5377 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
5378 }
|
|
|
5379 else
|
|
|
5380 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
5381
|
|
|
5382 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
5383 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
|
5384 for (;;)
|
|
|
5385 {
|
|
|
5386 c = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5387 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
|
5388 break;
|
|
|
5389 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
|
5390 {
|
|
|
5391 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
|
5392 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
5393 break;
|
|
|
5394 }
|
|
|
5395 else
|
|
|
5396 {
|
|
|
5397 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
5398 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
5399 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5400 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
|
5401 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
5402 else
|
|
|
5403 {
|
|
|
5404 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
|
5405 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
5406 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
|
5407 break;
|
|
|
5408 }
|
|
|
5409 }
|
|
|
5410 }
|
|
|
5411 }
|
|
|
5412 #endif
|
|
|
5413
|
|
|
5414 /*
|
|
|
5415 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
|
5416 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
|
5417 */
|
|
|
5418 static void
|
|
|
5419 replace_flush()
|
|
|
5420 {
|
|
|
5421 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
5422 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5423 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
|
5424 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
|
5425 }
|
|
|
5426
|
|
|
5427 /*
|
|
|
5428 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
|
5429 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
|
5430 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
5431 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
|
5432 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
|
5433 */
|
|
|
5434 static void
|
|
|
5435 replace_do_bs()
|
|
|
5436 {
|
|
|
5437 int cc;
|
|
|
5438 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5439 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
|
5440 int ins_len;
|
|
|
5441 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
|
5442 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
|
5443 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5444 int i;
|
|
|
5445 int vcol;
|
|
|
5446 #endif
|
|
|
5447
|
|
|
5448 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5449 if (cc > 0)
|
|
|
5450 {
|
|
|
5451 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5452 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5453 {
|
|
|
5454 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
|
5455 * going to delete. */
|
|
|
5456 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
5457 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
|
5458 }
|
|
|
5459 #endif
|
|
|
5460 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5461 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5462 {
|
|
|
5463 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5464 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5465 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5466 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
5467 # endif
|
|
|
5468 replace_push(cc);
|
|
|
5469 }
|
|
|
5470 else
|
|
|
5471 #endif
|
|
|
5472 {
|
|
|
5473 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
|
5474 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5475 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5476 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
|
|
5477 #endif
|
|
|
5478 }
|
|
|
5479 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
5480
|
|
|
5481 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5482 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5483 {
|
|
|
5484 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
|
5485 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5486 ins_len = STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
|
5487 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
|
5488 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
|
5489 {
|
|
|
5490 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
|
5491 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5492 i += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p) - 1;
|
|
|
5493 #endif
|
|
|
5494 }
|
|
|
5495 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
|
5496
|
|
|
5497 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
|
5498 * text aligned. */
|
|
|
5499 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
|
5500 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
|
5501 {
|
|
|
5502 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5503 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
|
5504 }
|
|
|
5505 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
|
5506 }
|
|
|
5507 #endif
|
|
|
5508
|
|
|
5509 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
5510 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
5511 }
|
|
|
5512 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
|
5513 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5514 }
|
|
|
5515
|
|
|
5516 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5517 /*
|
|
|
5518 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
|
5519 */
|
|
|
5520 static int
|
|
|
5521 cindent_on()
|
|
|
5522 {
|
|
|
5523 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
5524 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5525 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
5526 # endif
|
|
|
5527 ));
|
|
|
5528 }
|
|
|
5529 #endif
|
|
|
5530
|
|
|
5531 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5532 /*
|
|
|
5533 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
|
5534 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
|
5535 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
|
5536 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
|
5537 */
|
|
|
5538
|
|
|
5539 void
|
|
|
5540 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
|
5541 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
5542 {
|
|
|
5543 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
5544 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
5545 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
|
5546 }
|
|
|
5547
|
|
|
5548 void
|
|
|
5549 fix_indent()
|
|
|
5550 {
|
|
|
5551 if (p_paste)
|
|
|
5552 return;
|
|
|
5553 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
5554 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
5555 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
5556 # endif
|
|
|
5557 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
|
5558 else
|
|
|
5559 # endif
|
|
|
5560 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5561 if (cindent_on())
|
|
|
5562 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
5563 # endif
|
|
|
5564 }
|
|
|
5565
|
|
|
5566 #endif
|
|
|
5567
|
|
|
5568 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5569 /*
|
|
|
5570 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
|
5571 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
|
5572 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
|
5573 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
|
5574 *
|
|
|
5575 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
|
5576 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
5577 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
|
5578 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
|
5579 *
|
|
|
5580 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
|
5581 */
|
|
|
5582 int
|
|
|
5583 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
|
5584 int keytyped;
|
|
|
5585 int when;
|
|
|
5586 int line_is_empty;
|
|
|
5587 {
|
|
|
5588 char_u *look;
|
|
|
5589 int try_match;
|
|
|
5590 int try_match_word;
|
|
|
5591 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5592 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5593 int icase;
|
|
|
5594 int i;
|
|
|
5595
|
|
|
5596 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5597 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
5598 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
|
5599 else
|
|
|
5600 #endif
|
|
|
5601 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
|
5602 while (*look)
|
|
|
5603 {
|
|
|
5604 /*
|
|
|
5605 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
|
5606 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
|
5607 */
|
|
|
5608 switch (when)
|
|
|
5609 {
|
|
|
5610 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
|
5611 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
|
5612 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
|
5613 }
|
|
|
5614 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
|
5615 ++look;
|
|
|
5616
|
|
|
5617 /*
|
|
|
5618 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
|
5619 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
|
5620 */
|
|
|
5621 if (*look == '0')
|
|
|
5622 {
|
|
|
5623 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
|
5624 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
|
5625 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
5626 ++look;
|
|
|
5627 }
|
|
|
5628 else
|
|
|
5629 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
|
5630
|
|
|
5631 /*
|
|
|
5632 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
|
5633 */
|
|
|
5634 if (*look == '^'
|
|
|
5635 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
5636 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
|
5637 #else
|
|
|
5638 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
|
5639 #endif
|
|
|
5640 )
|
|
|
5641 {
|
|
|
5642 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
|
5643 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5644 look += 2;
|
|
|
5645 }
|
|
|
5646 /*
|
|
|
5647 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
|
5648 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
|
5649 */
|
|
|
5650 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
|
5651 {
|
|
|
5652 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
|
5653 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5654 ++look;
|
|
|
5655 }
|
|
|
5656 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
|
5657 {
|
|
|
5658 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
|
5659 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5660 ++look;
|
|
|
5661 }
|
|
|
5662
|
|
|
5663 /*
|
|
|
5664 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
|
5665 * cursor.
|
|
|
5666 */
|
|
|
5667 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
|
5668 {
|
|
|
5669 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
|
5670 {
|
|
|
5671 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5672 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
|
5673 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
5674 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5675 }
|
|
|
5676 ++look;
|
|
|
5677 }
|
|
|
5678
|
|
|
5679 /*
|
|
|
5680 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
|
5681 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
|
5682 * class::method for C++).
|
|
|
5683 */
|
|
|
5684 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
|
5685 {
|
|
|
5686 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
|
5687 {
|
|
|
5688 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5689 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
|
5690 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5691 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
|
5692 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
|
5693 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
|
5694 {
|
|
|
5695 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
|
5696 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
|
5697 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
|
5698 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5699 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
|
5700 if (i)
|
|
|
5701 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5702 }
|
|
|
5703 }
|
|
|
5704 ++look;
|
|
|
5705 }
|
|
|
5706
|
|
|
5707
|
|
|
5708 /*
|
|
|
5709 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
|
5710 */
|
|
|
5711 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
|
5712 {
|
|
|
5713 if (try_match)
|
|
|
5714 {
|
|
|
5715 /*
|
|
|
5716 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
|
5717 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
|
5718 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
|
5719 */
|
|
|
5720 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
|
5721 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
|
5722 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5723
|
|
|
5724 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
|
5725 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5726 }
|
|
|
5727 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
|
5728 look++;
|
|
|
5729 while (*look == '>')
|
|
|
5730 look++;
|
|
|
5731 }
|
|
|
5732
|
|
|
5733 /*
|
|
|
5734 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
|
5735 */
|
|
|
5736 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
5737 {
|
|
|
5738 ++look;
|
|
|
5739 if (*look == '~')
|
|
|
5740 {
|
|
|
5741 icase = TRUE;
|
|
|
5742 ++look;
|
|
|
5743 }
|
|
|
5744 else
|
|
|
5745 icase = FALSE;
|
|
|
5746 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
|
5747 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
5748 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
|
5749 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
|
5750 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
|
5751 {
|
|
|
5752 int match = FALSE;
|
|
|
5753
|
|
|
5754 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
5755 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
|
5756 {
|
|
|
5757 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5758
|
|
|
5759 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
|
5760 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
|
5761 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5762 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5763 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5764 {
|
|
|
5765 char_u *n;
|
|
|
5766
|
|
|
5767 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
|
5768 {
|
|
|
5769 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
|
5770 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
|
5771 break;
|
|
|
5772 }
|
|
|
5773 }
|
|
|
5774 else
|
|
|
5775 # endif
|
|
|
5776 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
|
5777 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
|
5778 break;
|
|
|
5779 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5780 && (icase
|
|
|
5781 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
|
5782 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
|
5783 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
5784 }
|
|
|
5785 else
|
|
|
5786 #endif
|
|
|
5787 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
|
5788 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
|
5789 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
|
5790 {
|
|
|
5791 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5792 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
|
5793 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
|
5794 && (icase
|
|
|
5795 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
|
5796 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
|
5797 == 0)
|
|
|
5798 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
5799 }
|
|
|
5800 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
|
5801 {
|
|
|
5802 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
|
5803 * word. */
|
|
|
5804 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5805 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
|
5806 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
|
5807 match = FALSE;
|
|
|
5808 }
|
|
|
5809 if (match)
|
|
|
5810 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5811 }
|
|
|
5812 look = p;
|
|
|
5813 }
|
|
|
5814
|
|
|
5815 /*
|
|
|
5816 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
|
5817 */
|
|
|
5818 else
|
|
|
5819 {
|
|
|
5820 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
|
5821 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5822 ++look;
|
|
|
5823 }
|
|
|
5824
|
|
|
5825 /*
|
|
|
5826 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
|
5827 */
|
|
|
5828 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
|
5829 }
|
|
|
5830 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5831 }
|
|
|
5832 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
5833
|
|
|
5834 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5835 /*
|
|
|
5836 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
|
5837 */
|
|
|
5838 int
|
|
|
5839 hkmap(c)
|
|
|
5840 int c;
|
|
|
5841 {
|
|
|
5842 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
|
5843 {
|
|
|
5844 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
|
5845 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
|
5846 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
|
5847 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
|
5848 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
|
5849 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
|
5850 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
|
5851 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
|
5852 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
|
5853 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
|
5854 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
|
5855 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
|
5856 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
|
5857
|
|
|
5858 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
|
5859 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
|
5860 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
|
5861 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
|
5862 return 'X';
|
|
|
5863 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
|
5864 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
|
5865 else if (c == 246)
|
|
|
5866 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
|
5867 else if (c == 228)
|
|
|
5868 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
5869 else if (c == 252)
|
|
|
5870 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
5871 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
5872 else if (islower(c))
|
|
|
5873 #else
|
|
|
5874 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
|
5875 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
|
5876 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
|
5877 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
|
5878 */
|
|
|
5879 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
|
5880 #endif
|
|
|
5881 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
|
5882 else
|
|
|
5883 return c;
|
|
|
5884 }
|
|
|
5885 else
|
|
|
5886 {
|
|
|
5887 switch (c)
|
|
|
5888 {
|
|
|
5889 case '`': return ';';
|
|
|
5890 case '/': return '.';
|
|
|
5891 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
|
5892 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
|
5893 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
|
5894
|
|
|
5895 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
|
5896 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
|
5897 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
|
5898 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
|
5899 default: {
|
|
|
5900 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
|
5901
|
|
|
5902 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
5903 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
|
5904 if (!islower(c))
|
|
|
5905 #else
|
|
|
5906 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
|
5907 #endif
|
|
|
5908 return c;
|
|
|
5909 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
|
5910 break;
|
|
|
5911 }
|
|
|
5912 }
|
|
|
5913
|
|
|
5914 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
|
5915 }
|
|
|
5916 }
|
|
|
5917 #endif
|
|
|
5918
|
|
|
5919 static void
|
|
|
5920 ins_reg()
|
|
|
5921 {
|
|
|
5922 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
5923 int regname;
|
|
|
5924 int literally = 0;
|
|
|
5925
|
|
|
5926 /*
|
|
|
5927 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
|
5928 */
|
|
|
5929 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
5930 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
5931 {
|
|
|
5932 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
5933 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
5934
|
|
|
5935 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
|
5936 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
5937 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
5938 #endif
|
|
|
5939 }
|
|
|
5940
|
|
|
5941 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
5942 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
5943 #endif
|
|
|
5944
|
|
|
5945 /*
|
|
|
5946 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
5947 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
5948 */
|
|
|
5949 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
5950 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
5951 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
5952 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
5953 #endif
|
|
|
5954 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
5955 {
|
|
|
5956 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
|
5957 literally = regname;
|
|
|
5958 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
5959 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
|
5960 #endif
|
|
|
5961 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
5962 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
5963 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
5964 #endif
|
|
|
5965 }
|
|
|
5966 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
5967
|
|
|
5968 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5969 /*
|
|
|
5970 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
|
5971 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
|
5972 */
|
|
|
5973 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
|
5974 if (regname == '=')
|
|
|
5975 {
|
|
|
5976 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
5977 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
|
|
5978 #endif
|
|
|
5979 regname = get_expr_register();
|
|
|
5980 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
5981 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
|
5982 if (im_on)
|
|
|
5983 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
|
5984 #endif
|
|
|
5985 }
|
|
|
5986 if (regname == NUL)
|
|
|
5987 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
|
5988 else
|
|
|
5989 {
|
|
|
5990 #endif
|
|
|
5991 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
5992 {
|
|
|
5993 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
|
5994 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
5995 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
|
5996 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
|
5997
|
|
|
5998 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
|
5999 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
6000 }
|
|
|
6001 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6002 {
|
|
|
6003 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6004 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6005 }
|
|
|
6006 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6007 }
|
|
|
6008 --no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6009 #endif
|
|
|
6010 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6011 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
6012 #endif
|
|
|
6013
|
|
|
6014 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6015 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
|
6016 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
6017 }
|
|
|
6018
|
|
|
6019 /*
|
|
|
6020 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6021 */
|
|
|
6022 static void
|
|
|
6023 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
|
6024 {
|
|
|
6025 int c;
|
|
|
6026
|
|
|
6027 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
6028 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
|
6029 setcursor();
|
|
|
6030 #endif
|
|
|
6031
|
|
|
6032 /*
|
|
|
6033 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6034 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6035 */
|
|
|
6036 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6037 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6038 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6039 switch (c)
|
|
|
6040 {
|
|
|
6041 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6042 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6043 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
6044 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
|
6045 break;
|
|
|
6046
|
|
|
6047 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6048 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6049 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
|
6050 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
|
6051 break;
|
|
|
6052
|
|
|
6053 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
|
6054 case 'u': u_sync();
|
|
|
6055 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
6056 break;
|
|
|
6057
|
|
|
6058 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
|
6059 default: vim_beep();
|
|
|
6060 }
|
|
|
6061 }
|
|
|
6062
|
|
|
6063 /*
|
|
|
6064 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
|
6065 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
|
6066 * insert.
|
|
|
6067 */
|
|
|
6068 static int
|
|
|
6069 ins_esc(count, cmdchar)
|
|
|
6070 long *count;
|
|
|
6071 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
6072 {
|
|
|
6073 int temp;
|
|
|
6074 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6075
|
|
|
6076 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
|
6077 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
|
6078 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
|
6079 # endif
|
|
|
6080 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
|
6081 {
|
|
|
6082 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
|
6083 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
|
6084 }
|
|
|
6085 #endif
|
|
|
6086 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
6087 previous_script = GetScriptManagerVariable(smKeyScript);
|
|
|
6088 KeyScript(smKeyRoman); /* or smKeySysScript */
|
|
|
6089 #endif
|
|
|
6090
|
|
|
6091 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6092 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
|
6093 {
|
|
|
6094 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6095 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6096 }
|
|
|
6097 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
6098 {
|
|
|
6099 /*
|
|
|
6100 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
|
|
6101 */
|
|
|
6102 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
6103 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
|
6104
|
|
|
6105 /*
|
|
|
6106 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
|
6107 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
|
6108 */
|
|
|
6109 if (*count > 0)
|
|
|
6110 {
|
|
|
6111 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
6112 if (got_int)
|
|
|
6113 *count = 0;
|
|
|
6114 }
|
|
|
6115
|
|
|
6116 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
|
6117 {
|
|
|
6118 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
|
6119 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
6120 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
|
6121 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6122 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6123 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
|
6124 }
|
|
|
6125 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
|
6126 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6127 }
|
|
|
6128
|
|
|
6129 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
|
6130 * indent */
|
|
|
6131 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6132 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6133
|
|
|
6134 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
|
6135 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
6136 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6137
|
|
|
6138 /*
|
|
|
6139 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
|
|
6140 */
|
|
|
6141 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
|
|
6142 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6143 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
|
6144 #endif
|
|
|
6145 ) && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
|
6146 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
6147 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
6148 && !VIsual_active
|
|
|
6149 #endif
|
|
|
6150 ))
|
|
|
6151 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6152 && !revins_on
|
|
|
6153 #endif
|
|
|
6154 )
|
|
|
6155 {
|
|
|
6156 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6157 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
6158 {
|
|
|
6159 oneleft();
|
|
|
6160 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6161 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
6162 }
|
|
|
6163 else
|
|
|
6164 #endif
|
|
|
6165 {
|
|
|
6166 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6167 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6168 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
6169 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6170 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
6171 #endif
|
|
|
6172 }
|
|
|
6173 }
|
|
|
6174
|
|
|
6175 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6176 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
|
6177 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
|
6178 * well). */
|
|
|
6179 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
|
6180 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
|
6181 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6182 #endif
|
|
|
6183
|
|
|
6184 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
6185 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
|
6186 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
6187
|
|
|
6188 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
6189 setmouse();
|
|
|
6190 #endif
|
|
|
6191 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
6192 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
6193 #endif
|
|
|
6194
|
|
|
6195 /*
|
|
|
6196 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
|
6197 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
|
6198 */
|
|
|
6199 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6200 showmode();
|
|
|
6201 else if (p_smd)
|
|
|
6202 MSG("");
|
|
|
6203
|
|
|
6204 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
|
6205 }
|
|
|
6206
|
|
|
6207 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6208 /*
|
|
|
6209 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
|
6210 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
|
6211 */
|
|
|
6212 static void
|
|
|
6213 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
|
6214 {
|
|
|
6215 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
|
6216 {
|
|
|
6217 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
|
6218 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6219 }
|
|
|
6220 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
|
6221 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
6222 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
6223 {
|
|
|
6224 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6225 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
6226 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
6227 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6228 }
|
|
|
6229 else
|
|
|
6230 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
6231 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
6232 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
|
6233 {
|
|
|
6234 /*
|
|
|
6235 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
|
6236 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
|
6237 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
|
6238 */
|
|
|
6239 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
6240 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
|
6241 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
|
6242 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
6243 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
6244 }
|
|
|
6245 else
|
|
|
6246 #endif
|
|
|
6247 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
|
6248 showmode();
|
|
|
6249 }
|
|
|
6250 #endif
|
|
|
6251
|
|
|
6252 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
6253 /*
|
|
|
6254 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
|
6255 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
|
6256 */
|
|
|
6257 static int
|
|
|
6258 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
|
6259 int c;
|
|
|
6260 {
|
|
|
6261 if (km_startsel)
|
|
|
6262 switch (c)
|
|
|
6263 {
|
|
|
6264 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
6265 case K_XHOME:
|
|
|
6266 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
6267 case K_XEND:
|
|
|
6268 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
6269 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
6270 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
6271 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
6272 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
6273 case K_LEFT:
|
|
|
6274 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
|
6275 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6276 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6277 case K_END:
|
|
|
6278 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
6279 # endif
|
|
|
6280 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
6281 break;
|
|
|
6282 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
6283 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
6284 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
6285 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
6286 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
6287 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
6288 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
6289 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
|
6290 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
|
6291 start_selection();
|
|
|
6292
|
|
|
6293 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
|
6294 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
|
6295 if (mod_mask)
|
|
|
6296 {
|
|
|
6297 char_u buf[4];
|
|
|
6298
|
|
|
6299 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
6300 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
6301 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
|
6302 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
|
6303 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
|
6304 }
|
|
|
6305 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
6306 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6307 }
|
|
|
6308 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6309 }
|
|
|
6310 #endif
|
|
|
6311
|
|
|
6312 /*
|
|
|
6313 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
|
6314 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
|
6315 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
|
|
|
6316 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
|
6317 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
|
6318 */
|
|
|
6319 static void
|
|
|
6320 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
|
6321 int c;
|
|
|
6322 int lastc;
|
|
|
6323 {
|
|
|
6324 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6325 return;
|
|
|
6326 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
6327
|
|
|
6328 /*
|
|
|
6329 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
|
6330 */
|
|
|
6331 if ((lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') && curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6332 {
|
|
|
6333 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6334 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
|
6335 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
|
6336 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6337 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6338 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
|
6339 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
|
6340 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
6341 }
|
|
|
6342 else
|
|
|
6343 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
6344
|
|
|
6345 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
|
6346 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6347 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6348 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6349 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6350 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6351 #endif
|
|
|
6352 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6353 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
|
6354 #endif
|
|
|
6355 }
|
|
|
6356
|
|
|
6357 static void
|
|
|
6358 ins_del()
|
|
|
6359 {
|
|
|
6360 int temp;
|
|
|
6361
|
|
|
6362 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6363 return;
|
|
|
6364 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
|
6365 {
|
|
|
6366 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6367 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
|
6368 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
|
6369 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
|
6370 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6371 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6372 else
|
|
|
6373 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6374 }
|
|
|
6375 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
|
6376 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6377 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6378 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6379 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6380 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6381 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6382 #endif
|
|
|
6383 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
|
6384 }
|
|
|
6385
|
|
|
6386 /*
|
|
|
6387 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6388 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
|
6389 */
|
|
|
6390 static int
|
|
|
6391 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
|
6392 int c;
|
|
|
6393 int mode;
|
|
|
6394 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
|
6395 {
|
|
|
6396 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
6397 int cc;
|
|
|
6398 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
6399 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
6400 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
6401 int in_indent;
|
|
|
6402 int oldState;
|
|
|
6403 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6404 int p1, p2;
|
|
|
6405 #endif
|
|
|
6406
|
|
|
6407 /*
|
|
|
6408 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
|
6409 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
|
6410 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
|
6411 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
|
6412 */
|
|
|
6413 if ( bufempty()
|
|
|
6414 || (
|
|
|
6415 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6416 !revins_on &&
|
|
|
6417 #endif
|
|
|
6418 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6419 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
|
6420 && (arrow_used
|
|
|
6421 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6422 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
|
6423 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
|
6424 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
|
6425 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
|
6426 {
|
|
|
6427 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6428 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6429 }
|
|
|
6430
|
|
|
6431 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6432 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6433 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
|
6434 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6435 if (in_indent)
|
|
|
6436 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
6437 #endif
|
|
|
6438 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
6439 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
|
6440 #endif
|
|
|
6441 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6442 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
|
6443 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6444 #endif
|
|
|
6445
|
|
|
6446 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6447 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
|
6448 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
|
6449 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
|
6450 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
|
6451 */
|
|
|
6452 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
6453 {
|
|
|
6454 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
6455 {
|
|
|
6456 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
6457 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6458 }
|
|
|
6459 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
|
6460 {
|
|
|
6461 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6462 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6463 }
|
|
|
6464 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6465 }
|
|
|
6466 #endif
|
|
|
6467
|
|
|
6468 /*
|
|
|
6469 * delete newline!
|
|
|
6470 */
|
|
|
6471 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6472 {
|
|
|
6473 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
6474 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6475 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6476 || revins_on
|
|
|
6477 #endif
|
|
|
6478 )
|
|
|
6479 {
|
|
|
6480 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
|
6481 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6482 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6483 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
6484 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
6485 }
|
|
|
6486 /*
|
|
|
6487 * In replace mode:
|
|
|
6488 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
6489 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
|
6490 */
|
|
|
6491 cc = -1;
|
|
|
6492 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6493 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
|
6494 /*
|
|
|
6495 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
|
6496 * cursor.
|
|
|
6497 */
|
|
|
6498 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
6499 {
|
|
|
6500 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6501 }
|
|
|
6502 else
|
|
|
6503 {
|
|
|
6504 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6505 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6506 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
|
6507 #endif
|
|
|
6508 {
|
|
|
6509 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
|
6510 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
6511 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
|
6512 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
6513 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6514 }
|
|
|
6515 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6516 else
|
|
|
6517 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6518 #endif
|
|
|
6519
|
|
|
6520 /*
|
|
|
6521 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
|
6522 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
|
6523 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
|
6524 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
|
6525 */
|
|
|
6526 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6527 {
|
|
|
6528 /*
|
|
|
6529 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
|
6530 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
|
6531 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
|
6532 */
|
|
|
6533 oldState = State;
|
|
|
6534 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
6535 /*
|
|
|
6536 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
|
6537 */
|
|
|
6538 while (cc > 0)
|
|
|
6539 {
|
|
|
6540 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6541 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6542 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
6543 #else
|
|
|
6544 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
6545 #endif
|
|
|
6546 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6547 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6548 }
|
|
|
6549 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
|
6550 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6551 State = oldState;
|
|
|
6552 }
|
|
|
6553 }
|
|
|
6554 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6555 }
|
|
|
6556 else
|
|
|
6557 {
|
|
|
6558 /*
|
|
|
6559 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
|
6560 */
|
|
|
6561 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6562 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
|
6563 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6564 #endif
|
|
|
6565 mincol = 0;
|
|
|
6566 /* keep indent */
|
|
|
6567 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE && curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
6568 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6569 && !revins_on
|
|
|
6570 #endif
|
|
|
6571 )
|
|
|
6572 {
|
|
|
6573 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6574 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
6575 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
|
|
|
6576 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6577 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6578 }
|
|
|
6579
|
|
|
6580 /*
|
|
|
6581 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
|
6582 */
|
|
|
6583 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
|
6584 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
|
6585 || (curbuf->b_p_sts
|
|
|
6586 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
|
6587 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
|
6588 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
|
6589 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
|
6590 {
|
|
|
6591 int ts;
|
|
|
6592 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
6593 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
|
6594 int extra = 0;
|
|
|
6595
|
|
|
6596 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
|
|
6597 if (p_sta)
|
|
|
6598 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6599 else
|
|
|
6600 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
6601 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
|
6602 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
|
6603 * the previous character. */
|
|
|
6604 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6605 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6606 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
|
6607 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6608 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
|
6609
|
|
|
6610 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
|
6611 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
|
6612 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
|
6613 {
|
|
|
6614 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6615 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6616 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6617 {
|
|
|
6618 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
|
6619 * Replace mode */
|
|
|
6620 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6621 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
6622 {
|
|
|
6623 #if 0 /* what was this for? It causes problems when sw != ts. */
|
|
|
6624 if (State == REPLACE && (int)vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
6625 {
|
|
|
6626 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6627 extra = 2; /* don't pop too much */
|
|
|
6628 }
|
|
|
6629 else
|
|
|
6630 #endif
|
|
|
6631 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
6632 }
|
|
|
6633 }
|
|
|
6634 else
|
|
|
6635 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6636 }
|
|
|
6637
|
|
|
6638 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
|
6639 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
6640 {
|
|
|
6641 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
|
6642 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6643 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
6644 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6645
|
|
|
6646 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6647 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6648 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
6649 else
|
|
|
6650 #endif
|
|
|
6651 {
|
|
|
6652 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
6653 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && extra <= 1)
|
|
|
6654 {
|
|
|
6655 if (extra)
|
|
|
6656 replace_push_off(NUL);
|
|
|
6657 else
|
|
|
6658 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
6659 }
|
|
|
6660 if (extra == 2)
|
|
|
6661 extra = 1;
|
|
|
6662 }
|
|
|
6663 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6664 }
|
|
|
6665 }
|
|
|
6666
|
|
|
6667 /*
|
|
|
6668 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
|
6669 */
|
|
|
6670 else do
|
|
|
6671 {
|
|
|
6672 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6673 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
|
6674 #endif
|
|
|
6675 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6676
|
|
|
6677 /* start of word? */
|
|
|
6678 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
6679 {
|
|
|
6680 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
|
6681 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
|
6682 }
|
|
|
6683 /* end of word? */
|
|
|
6684 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
|
6685 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
6686 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
|
6687 {
|
|
|
6688 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6689 if (!revins_on)
|
|
|
6690 #endif
|
|
|
6691 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6692 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6693 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6694 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6695 #endif
|
|
|
6696 break;
|
|
|
6697 }
|
|
|
6698 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6699 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
6700 else
|
|
|
6701 {
|
|
|
6702 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6703 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
|
|
6704 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), &p1, &p2);
|
|
|
6705 #endif
|
|
|
6706 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6707 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6708 /*
|
|
|
6709 * If p1 or p2 is non-zero, there are combining characters we
|
|
|
6710 * need to take account of. Don't back up before the base
|
|
|
6711 * character.
|
|
|
6712 */
|
|
|
6713 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && (p1 != NUL || p2 != NUL))
|
|
|
6714 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6715 #endif
|
|
|
6716 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6717 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
6718 {
|
|
|
6719 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
6720 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
6721 }
|
|
|
6722 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
6723 break;
|
|
|
6724 #endif
|
|
|
6725 }
|
|
|
6726 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
|
6727 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
6728 break;
|
|
|
6729 } while (
|
|
|
6730 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6731 revins_on ||
|
|
|
6732 #endif
|
|
|
6733 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
|
6734 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6735 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
|
6736 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
|
6737 }
|
|
|
6738 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6739 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6740 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6741 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6742 #endif
|
|
|
6743 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
|
6744 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6745 /*
|
|
|
6746 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
|
6747 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
|
6748 * with.
|
|
|
6749 */
|
|
|
6750 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
6751
|
|
|
6752 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
|
6753 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6754 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
6755 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6756
|
|
|
6757 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
|
6758 * was there remains visible
|
|
|
6759 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
|
6760 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
|
6761 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
|
6762 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
|
6763 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
|
6764 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
|
6765 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
6766
|
|
|
6767 return did_backspace;
|
|
|
6768 }
|
|
|
6769
|
|
|
6770 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
6771 static void
|
|
|
6772 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
|
6773 int c;
|
|
|
6774 {
|
|
|
6775 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
6776
|
|
|
6777 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6778 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
|
6779 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6780 # endif
|
|
|
6781 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
|
6782 return;
|
|
|
6783
|
|
|
6784 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6785 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6786 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
|
6787 {
|
|
|
6788 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
6789 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6790 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
6791 # endif
|
|
|
6792 }
|
|
|
6793
|
|
|
6794 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
6795 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
|
6796 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
|
6797 #endif
|
|
|
6798 }
|
|
|
6799
|
|
|
6800 static void
|
|
|
6801 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
|
6802 int up;
|
|
|
6803 {
|
|
|
6804 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
6805 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
6806 win_T *old_curwin;
|
|
|
6807 # endif
|
|
|
6808
|
|
|
6809 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6810
|
|
|
6811 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
6812 old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
6813
|
|
|
6814 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
|
6815 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
|
6816 {
|
|
|
6817 int row, col;
|
|
|
6818
|
|
|
6819 row = mouse_row;
|
|
|
6820 col = mouse_col;
|
|
|
6821
|
|
|
6822 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
|
6823 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
|
6824 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
6825 }
|
|
|
6826 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
|
6827 # endif
|
|
|
6828 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6829
|
|
|
6830 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
6831 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
|
6832 else
|
|
|
6833 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
|
6834
|
|
|
6835 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
6836 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
6837
|
|
|
6838 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
6839 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
6840 # endif
|
|
|
6841
|
|
|
6842 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
|
6843 {
|
|
|
6844 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
6845 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6846 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
6847 # endif
|
|
|
6848 }
|
|
|
6849 }
|
|
|
6850 #endif
|
|
|
6851
|
|
|
6852 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6853 void
|
|
|
6854 ins_scroll()
|
|
|
6855 {
|
|
|
6856 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
6857
|
|
|
6858 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6859 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6860 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
|
6861 {
|
|
|
6862 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
6863 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6864 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
6865 # endif
|
|
|
6866 }
|
|
|
6867 }
|
|
|
6868
|
|
|
6869 void
|
|
|
6870 ins_horscroll()
|
|
|
6871 {
|
|
|
6872 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
6873
|
|
|
6874 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6875 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6876 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
|
6877 {
|
|
|
6878 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
6879 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6880 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
6881 # endif
|
|
|
6882 }
|
|
|
6883 }
|
|
|
6884 #endif
|
|
|
6885
|
|
|
6886 static void
|
|
|
6887 ins_left()
|
|
|
6888 {
|
|
|
6889 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
6890
|
|
|
6891 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6892 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
6893 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
6894 #endif
|
|
|
6895 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6896 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6897 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
|
6898 {
|
|
|
6899 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
6900 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6901 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
|
6902 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
|
6903 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
6904 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
6905 #endif
|
|
|
6906 }
|
|
|
6907
|
|
|
6908 /*
|
|
|
6909 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
|
6910 * previous line
|
|
|
6911 */
|
|
|
6912 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
6913 {
|
|
|
6914 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
6915 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
6916 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
6917 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
|
6918 }
|
|
|
6919 else
|
|
|
6920 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6921 }
|
|
|
6922
|
|
|
6923 static void
|
|
|
6924 ins_home(c)
|
|
|
6925 int c;
|
|
|
6926 {
|
|
|
6927 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
6928
|
|
|
6929 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6930 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
6931 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
6932 #endif
|
|
|
6933 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6934 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6935 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
|
6936 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
6937 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
6938 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6939 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6940 #endif
|
|
|
6941 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
|
6942 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
6943 }
|
|
|
6944
|
|
|
6945 static void
|
|
|
6946 ins_end(c)
|
|
|
6947 int c;
|
|
|
6948 {
|
|
|
6949 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
6950
|
|
|
6951 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6952 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
6953 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
6954 #endif
|
|
|
6955 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6956 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6957 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
|
6958 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
6959 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
6960 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
6961
|
|
|
6962 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
6963 }
|
|
|
6964
|
|
|
6965 static void
|
|
|
6966 ins_s_left()
|
|
|
6967 {
|
|
|
6968 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6969 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
6970 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
6971 #endif
|
|
|
6972 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6973 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
6974 {
|
|
|
6975 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
6976 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
6977 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6978 }
|
|
|
6979 else
|
|
|
6980 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6981 }
|
|
|
6982
|
|
|
6983 static void
|
|
|
6984 ins_right()
|
|
|
6985 {
|
|
|
6986 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6987 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
6988 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
6989 #endif
|
|
|
6990 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6991 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
|
|
|
6992 )
|
|
|
6993 {
|
|
|
6994 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
6995 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6996 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6997 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
6998 oneright();
|
|
|
6999 else
|
|
|
7000 #endif
|
|
|
7001 {
|
|
|
7002 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7003 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
7004 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
7005 else
|
|
|
7006 #endif
|
|
|
7007 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7008 }
|
|
|
7009
|
|
|
7010 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7011 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7012 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
7013 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
7014 #endif
|
|
|
7015 }
|
|
|
7016 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
|
7017 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
|
7018 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
|
7019 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
7020 {
|
|
|
7021 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7022 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7023 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7024 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7025 }
|
|
|
7026 else
|
|
|
7027 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7028 }
|
|
|
7029
|
|
|
7030 static void
|
|
|
7031 ins_s_right()
|
|
|
7032 {
|
|
|
7033 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7034 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7035 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7036 #endif
|
|
|
7037 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7038 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
7039 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
7040 {
|
|
|
7041 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7042 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
7043 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7044 }
|
|
|
7045 else
|
|
|
7046 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7047 }
|
|
|
7048
|
|
|
7049 static void
|
|
|
7050 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
|
7051 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7052 {
|
|
|
7053 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7054 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7055 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7056 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7057 #endif
|
|
|
7058
|
|
|
7059 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7060 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7061 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7062 {
|
|
|
7063 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7064 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7065 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7066 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7067 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7068 #endif
|
|
|
7069 )
|
|
|
7070 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7071 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7072 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7073 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7074 #endif
|
|
|
7075 }
|
|
|
7076 else
|
|
|
7077 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7078 }
|
|
|
7079
|
|
|
7080 static void
|
|
|
7081 ins_pageup()
|
|
|
7082 {
|
|
|
7083 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7084
|
|
|
7085 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7086 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7087 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7088 {
|
|
|
7089 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7090 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7091 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7092 #endif
|
|
|
7093 }
|
|
|
7094 else
|
|
|
7095 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7096 }
|
|
|
7097
|
|
|
7098 static void
|
|
|
7099 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
|
7100 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7101 {
|
|
|
7102 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7103 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7104 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7105 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7106 #endif
|
|
|
7107
|
|
|
7108 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7109 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7110 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7111 {
|
|
|
7112 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7113 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7114 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7115 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7116 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7117 #endif
|
|
|
7118 )
|
|
|
7119 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7120 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7121 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7122 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7123 #endif
|
|
|
7124 }
|
|
|
7125 else
|
|
|
7126 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7127 }
|
|
|
7128
|
|
|
7129 static void
|
|
|
7130 ins_pagedown()
|
|
|
7131 {
|
|
|
7132 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7133
|
|
|
7134 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7135 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7136 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7137 {
|
|
|
7138 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7139 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7140 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7141 #endif
|
|
|
7142 }
|
|
|
7143 else
|
|
|
7144 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7145 }
|
|
|
7146
|
|
|
7147 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
7148 static void
|
|
|
7149 ins_drop()
|
|
|
7150 {
|
|
|
7151 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
7152 }
|
|
|
7153 #endif
|
|
|
7154
|
|
|
7155 /*
|
|
|
7156 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
|
7157 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
|
7158 */
|
|
|
7159 static int
|
|
|
7160 ins_tab()
|
|
|
7161 {
|
|
|
7162 int ind;
|
|
|
7163 int i;
|
|
|
7164 int temp;
|
|
|
7165
|
|
|
7166 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
7167 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
7168 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
7169 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7170
|
|
|
7171 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
|
7172 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7173 if (ind)
|
|
|
7174 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
7175 #endif
|
|
|
7176
|
|
|
7177 /*
|
|
|
7178 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
|
7179 */
|
|
|
7180 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
|
7181 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
|
7182 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
|
7183 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7184
|
|
|
7185 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7186 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7187
|
|
|
7188 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7189 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7190 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7191 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7192 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7193 #endif
|
|
|
7194 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
|
7195
|
|
|
7196 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
7197 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
7198 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
|
7199 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
7200 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
|
7201 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
7202 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
|
7203
|
|
|
7204 /*
|
|
|
7205 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
|
7206 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
|
7207 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
|
7208 */
|
|
|
7209 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7210 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
|
7211 {
|
|
|
7212 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7213 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7214 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7215 else
|
|
|
7216 #endif
|
|
|
7217 {
|
|
|
7218 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
7219 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
|
7220 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7221 }
|
|
|
7222 }
|
|
|
7223
|
|
|
7224 /*
|
|
|
7225 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
|
7226 */
|
|
|
7227 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
|
7228 {
|
|
|
7229 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
7230 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7231 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
7232 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
7233 #endif
|
|
|
7234 pos_T fpos;
|
|
|
7235 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
|
7236 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
|
7237 int change_col = -1;
|
|
|
7238 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
7239
|
|
|
7240 /*
|
|
|
7241 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
|
7242 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
|
7243 */
|
|
|
7244 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7245 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7246 {
|
|
|
7247 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7248 cursor = &pos;
|
|
|
7249 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7250 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
|
7251 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7252 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
|
7253 }
|
|
|
7254 else
|
|
|
7255 #endif
|
|
|
7256 {
|
|
|
7257 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
7258 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7259 }
|
|
|
7260
|
|
|
7261 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
|
7262 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
7263 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
7264
|
|
|
7265 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
|
7266 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7267 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
|
7268 {
|
|
|
7269 --fpos.col;
|
|
|
7270 --ptr;
|
|
|
7271 }
|
|
|
7272
|
|
|
7273 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
|
7274 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7275 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7276 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7277 {
|
|
|
7278 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
7279 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
|
7280 }
|
|
|
7281
|
|
|
7282 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
|
7283 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7284 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7285
|
|
|
7286 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
|
7287 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
|
7288 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
|
7289 {
|
|
|
7290 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
|
7291 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
|
7292 break;
|
|
|
7293 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
|
7294 {
|
|
|
7295 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
|
7296 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
|
7297 {
|
|
|
7298 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
|
7299 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
|
7300 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7301 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
|
7302 }
|
|
|
7303 }
|
|
|
7304 ++fpos.col;
|
|
|
7305 ++ptr;
|
|
|
7306 vcol += i;
|
|
|
7307 }
|
|
|
7308
|
|
|
7309 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
|
7310 {
|
|
|
7311 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
|
7312
|
|
|
7313 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
|
7314 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
7315 {
|
|
|
7316 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
|
7317 ++ptr;
|
|
|
7318 ++repl_off;
|
|
|
7319 }
|
|
|
7320 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
|
7321 {
|
|
|
7322 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
|
7323 --ptr;
|
|
|
7324 --repl_off;
|
|
|
7325 }
|
|
|
7326 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
|
7327
|
|
|
7328 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
|
7329 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
7330 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
7331 {
|
|
|
7332 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
|
|
|
7333 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
|
7334 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7335 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7336 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7337 #endif
|
|
|
7338 )
|
|
|
7339 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
|
7340 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
|
7341 }
|
|
|
7342 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
|
7343
|
|
|
7344 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7345 /*
|
|
|
7346 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
|
7347 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
|
7348 * spacing.
|
|
|
7349 */
|
|
|
7350 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7351 {
|
|
|
7352 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
|
7353 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
|
7354
|
|
|
7355 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
|
7356 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
|
7357 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
|
7358 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
|
7359 }
|
|
|
7360 #endif
|
|
|
7361 }
|
|
|
7362
|
|
|
7363 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7364 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7365 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
7366 #endif
|
|
|
7367 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
|
7368 }
|
|
|
7369
|
|
|
7370 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7371 }
|
|
|
7372
|
|
|
7373 /*
|
|
|
7374 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
|
7375 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
|
7376 */
|
|
|
7377 static int
|
|
|
7378 ins_eol(c)
|
|
|
7379 int c;
|
|
|
7380 {
|
|
|
7381 int i;
|
|
|
7382
|
|
|
7383 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
7384 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7385 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7386 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7387 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7388
|
|
|
7389 /*
|
|
|
7390 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
|
7391 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
|
7392 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
|
7393 */
|
|
|
7394 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7395 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7396 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7397 #endif
|
|
|
7398 )
|
|
|
7399 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7400
|
|
|
7401 /*
|
|
|
7402 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
7403 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
7404 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
|
7405 * in open_line().
|
|
|
7406 */
|
|
|
7407
|
|
|
7408 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7409 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
7410 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
|
7411 fkmap(NL);
|
|
|
7412 # endif
|
|
|
7413 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
|
7414 * current line. */
|
|
|
7415 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
7416 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
7417 #endif
|
|
|
7418
|
|
|
7419 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
|
7420 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
|
7421 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
7422 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
|
7423 #endif
|
|
|
7424 0, old_indent);
|
|
|
7425 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
7426 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7427 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7428 #endif
|
|
|
7429
|
|
|
7430 return (!i);
|
|
|
7431 }
|
|
|
7432
|
|
|
7433 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
7434 /*
|
|
|
7435 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
|
7436 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
|
7437 * done.
|
|
|
7438 */
|
|
|
7439 static int
|
|
|
7440 ins_digraph()
|
|
|
7441 {
|
|
|
7442 int c;
|
|
|
7443 int cc;
|
|
|
7444
|
|
|
7445 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
7446 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
7447 {
|
|
|
7448 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
7449 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7450
|
|
|
7451 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
|
7452 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7453 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
|
7454 #endif
|
|
|
7455 }
|
|
|
7456
|
|
|
7457 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
7458 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
7459 #endif
|
|
|
7460
|
|
|
7461 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
|
7462 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
|
7463 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
7464 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
7465 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7466 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7467 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
7468 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
|
7469 {
|
|
|
7470 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7471 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7472 #endif
|
|
|
7473 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7474 return NUL;
|
|
|
7475 }
|
|
|
7476 if (c != ESC)
|
|
|
7477 {
|
|
|
7478 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
7479 {
|
|
|
7480 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
7481 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7482
|
|
|
7483 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
|
7484 {
|
|
|
7485 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
|
7486 * an ESC next */
|
|
|
7487 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
7488 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7489 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
|
7490 }
|
|
|
7491 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7492 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
|
7493 #endif
|
|
|
7494 }
|
|
|
7495 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
7496 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
7497 cc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7498 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7499 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
7500 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
|
7501 {
|
|
|
7502 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
|
7503 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
|
7504 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7505 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7506 #endif
|
|
|
7507 return c;
|
|
|
7508 }
|
|
|
7509 }
|
|
|
7510 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
7511 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7512 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7513 #endif
|
|
|
7514 return NUL;
|
|
|
7515 }
|
|
|
7516 #endif
|
|
|
7517
|
|
|
7518 /*
|
|
|
7519 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
|
7520 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
|
7521 */
|
|
|
7522 static int
|
|
|
7523 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
|
7524 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
7525 {
|
|
|
7526 int c;
|
|
|
7527 int temp;
|
|
|
7528 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
|
7529
|
|
|
7530 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
7531 {
|
|
|
7532 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7533 return NUL;
|
|
|
7534 }
|
|
|
7535
|
|
|
7536 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
|
7537 temp = 0;
|
|
|
7538 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
7539 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
7540 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
7541 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
7542 {
|
|
|
7543 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
7544 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
|
7545 }
|
|
|
7546 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
7547 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
|
7548
|
|
|
7549 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7550 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
7551 #else
|
|
|
7552 c = *ptr;
|
|
|
7553 #endif
|
|
|
7554 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
7555 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7556 return c;
|
|
|
7557 }
|
|
|
7558
|
|
|
7559 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7560 /*
|
|
|
7561 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
|
7562 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
|
7563 */
|
|
|
7564 static void
|
|
|
7565 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
|
7566 int c;
|
|
|
7567 {
|
|
|
7568 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
|
7569 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
7570 int i;
|
|
|
7571 int temp;
|
|
|
7572
|
|
|
7573 /*
|
|
|
7574 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
|
7575 */
|
|
|
7576 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
|
7577 {
|
|
|
7578 /*
|
|
|
7579 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
|
7580 */
|
|
|
7581 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
|
7582 {
|
|
|
7583 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7584 /*
|
|
|
7585 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
|
7586 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
|
7587 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
|
7588 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
|
7589 * lines -- webb
|
|
|
7590 */
|
|
|
7591 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
7592 i = pos->col;
|
|
|
7593 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
|
7594 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
|
7595 ;
|
|
|
7596 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
7597 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
7598 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
7599 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
|
7600 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
7601 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
7602 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7603 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7604 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
7605 else
|
|
|
7606 #endif
|
|
|
7607 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
7608 }
|
|
|
7609 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
7610 {
|
|
|
7611 /*
|
|
|
7612 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
|
7613 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
|
7614 */
|
|
|
7615 temp = TRUE;
|
|
|
7616 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7617 {
|
|
|
7618 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7619 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
7620 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7621 {
|
|
|
7622 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
|
7623
|
|
|
7624 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
|
7625 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
7626 break;
|
|
|
7627 }
|
|
|
7628 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
|
7629 temp = FALSE;
|
|
|
7630 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
7631 }
|
|
|
7632 if (temp)
|
|
|
7633 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
|
|
|
7634 }
|
|
|
7635 }
|
|
|
7636
|
|
|
7637 /*
|
|
|
7638 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
|
7639 */
|
|
|
7640 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
|
7641 {
|
|
|
7642 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
|
7643 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
7644 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
7645 }
|
|
|
7646
|
|
|
7647 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
|
7648 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
7649 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7650 }
|
|
|
7651 #endif
|
|
|
7652
|
|
|
7653 /*
|
|
|
7654 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
|
7655 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
7656 */
|
|
|
7657 static colnr_T
|
|
|
7658 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
|
7659 {
|
|
|
7660 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
7661 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7662 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
7663 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
7664 }
|
